仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)八年級(jí)下冊(cè)課件

仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)八年級(jí)下冊(cè)課件。

為了讓教學(xué)更加順利，教師需要提前準(zhǔn)備好教案和課件。相信對(duì)于如何寫教案和課件，教師們都非常熟悉。詳實(shí)的教學(xué)教案可以幫助教師記錄學(xué)生的學(xué)習(xí)進(jìn)度，因此寫好教案和課件尤為重要。沒(méi)關(guān)系，如果您需要范文的話，小編深入剖析了“仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)八年級(jí)下冊(cè)課件”的相關(guān)內(nèi)容，供您參考。感謝您的閱讀！

仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)八年級(jí)下冊(cè)課件【篇1】

1 . 在小麥和黑麥地里，在岸邊的蘆葦叢中，發(fā)出微弱而嘈雜的鳴聲。

2 . 沿河兩岸連山皆深碧一色，山頭常戴了點(diǎn)白雪，河水則清明如玉。在這樣一條河水里旅行，望著水光山色，體會(huì)水手們?cè)诠ぷ魃吓c飲食上的勇敢處，使我在寂寞里不由得不常作微笑!

3 . 古代的人想騰云駕霧，沒(méi)能實(shí)現(xiàn)，只能幻想，而現(xiàn)在我們可以騰云駕霧了。你只要坐上飛機(jī)就可以了。

4 . 母親河長(zhǎng)多公里，寬多米。河水是蔚藍(lán)色的，遠(yuǎn)遠(yuǎn)望去母親河就像一張藍(lán)色的地毯。樹(shù)木非常茂盛。很多喜歡釣魚的人常常在樹(shù)陰下垂釣?zāi)赣H河的中央有一條長(zhǎng)長(zhǎng)的小橋，橋的倆旁雕刻著各種各樣的圖案，如：雙龍戲珠，神龍擺尾。母親河兩岸有花，有草，還有不同葉的樹(shù)。

5 . ononehand……ontheotherhand……一方面…另一方面…

6 . 古時(shí)候的“順風(fēng)耳”，成了現(xiàn)在的電話，它可以讓兩個(gè)相距很遠(yuǎn)的人很快聽(tīng)到對(duì)方的聲音。還有手機(jī)錄音機(jī)都是神話中的“順風(fēng)耳”。

7 . Artisinfluencedbythewayoflifeandbeliefsofthepeople

8 . abstractsthfromsth從…中提取…

9 . (“我越來(lái)越體會(huì)到我當(dāng)初是多么幸運(yùn)?！?/p>

10 . Whatcolourisit?It’sblackandwhite它是什么顏色的?它是黑白相間的。 MyschoolbagisheavyWhat’sinit?我的書包很重。里面有什么？

仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)八年級(jí)下冊(cè)課件【篇2】

一、教材分析

1.地位與作用

仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)八年級(jí)下冊(cè)的Unit5Topic1Section B講述了李老師因沒(méi)買到票而感到的失望和遺憾，進(jìn)而引出各種情感，集中體現(xiàn)了有關(guān)情感的形容詞及一些短語(yǔ)，是本話題的核心，起著承上啟下的作用。今天我說(shuō)課的具體內(nèi)容是Section B的1.,2，3a，and 3b。目的是學(xué)會(huì)如何表達(dá)自己的情感或他人的情感。語(yǔ)法是學(xué)習(xí)由連系動(dòng)詞+形容詞構(gòu)成系表結(jié)構(gòu)。

2.教學(xué)目標(biāo)

（１）知識(shí)目標(biāo)

1.Learn some new words and phrases：

be proud of，seem，taste，smell，set the table, be able to

2.Learn some sentences patters about feelings：

(1)He feels disappointed because he can't get a ticket to The Sound of Music.

(2)It's so funny and interesting.

(3)It's so moving.

(4)Did she sound worried?

(5)I'm sure Mr.Lee will be surprised!

3.Go on learning the structure of “l(fā)inking verb+adj.”

(1)He feels disappointed because he can't get a ticket to The Sound of Music.

(2)The food tastes delicious.

(3)He looks a little disappointed.

(4)The litter smells terrible.

4.Learn to talk about the topic about the movie.

要求學(xué)生牢記SectionB所有新學(xué)的四會(huì)單詞.短語(yǔ)和重點(diǎn)句型；掌握連系動(dòng)詞+形容詞構(gòu)成系表結(jié)構(gòu)的用法。

（２）技能目標(biāo)：

能聽(tīng)懂有關(guān)情感的對(duì)話材料；會(huì)簡(jiǎn)單地用英語(yǔ)表達(dá)自己的情感。培養(yǎng)學(xué)生提高言交際能力,能在小組中積極與他人協(xié)作,從而開(kāi)闊自己的視野,擴(kuò)大知識(shí)面。通過(guò)小組對(duì)話，培養(yǎng)學(xué)生合作學(xué)習(xí)的精神。讓學(xué)生積極主動(dòng)地投入到語(yǔ)言的實(shí)踐中去，包括聽(tīng)、說(shuō)、讀、寫的實(shí)踐。在學(xué)中用，用中學(xué)，提高語(yǔ)言的綜合使用能力，加深對(duì)基礎(chǔ)知識(shí)的掌握和記憶。

（３）情感目標(biāo)

學(xué)會(huì)表達(dá)自己的情感或他人的情感。

3.教學(xué)重點(diǎn)和難點(diǎn)

（1）重點(diǎn)：學(xué)會(huì)如何表達(dá)自己的情感或他人的情感。掌握連系動(dòng)詞+形容詞構(gòu)成系表結(jié)構(gòu)的用法。

（2）難點(diǎn)：連系動(dòng)詞+形容詞構(gòu)成系表結(jié)構(gòu)的用法。

二、說(shuō)學(xué)情

1.學(xué)生基礎(chǔ)較差，對(duì)表達(dá)自己的情感的能力薄弱,而且情感詞匯了解不多。

2.學(xué)生的詞匯量掌握不多。

3.學(xué)生平時(shí)較少用英語(yǔ)與他人交談并表達(dá)信息.。

三、說(shuō)教法：

對(duì)本課我主要采取了如下幾種教法：

1.任務(wù)型教學(xué)法：設(shè)置面向全體,貼近生活的任務(wù)，讓學(xué)生在完成任務(wù)的過(guò)程中體驗(yàn)成功的喜悅，從而達(dá)到樂(lè)中求學(xué)的目的。

2.有趣的情景教學(xué)法：通過(guò)創(chuàng)造各種較貼近生活實(shí)際，自然愉悅又令學(xué)生感興趣的情景進(jìn)行教學(xué)，為學(xué)生創(chuàng)設(shè)輕松愉快的學(xué)習(xí)氣氛，使他們處于最佳的學(xué)習(xí)狀態(tài)。

3.競(jìng)賽教學(xué)法：通過(guò)背單詞、提問(wèn)搶答、朗讀、聽(tīng)力比賽，激發(fā)學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)的強(qiáng)烈興趣，給學(xué)生創(chuàng)造語(yǔ)言氣氛，輕松快樂(lè)地學(xué)英語(yǔ)。

4.互動(dòng)教學(xué)法：互動(dòng)教學(xué)的開(kāi)展主要靠教師引導(dǎo)學(xué)生有效參與來(lái)實(shí)現(xiàn)。教師啟動(dòng)，學(xué)生自學(xué)，組內(nèi)討論，組間交流，效果評(píng)價(jià)。

四、說(shuō)學(xué)法：

我所采用的教學(xué)法有助于學(xué)生掌握如下學(xué)法：

1.英語(yǔ)交際：把所學(xué)的`交際英語(yǔ)進(jìn)行英語(yǔ)交際。培養(yǎng)語(yǔ)言的綜合運(yùn)用能力。

2.科學(xué)儲(chǔ)備大量英語(yǔ)知識(shí)：狠抓基礎(chǔ)，注意密度。沒(méi)有足夠的詞匯量，沒(méi)有熟知語(yǔ)法規(guī)則，不了解語(yǔ)言規(guī)律就不可能進(jìn)行很好的語(yǔ)言交流，為用而學(xué)，學(xué)了就用，用中學(xué)，學(xué)中用。把英語(yǔ)進(jìn)行到底。

3.反思與實(shí)踐：無(wú)論在課堂上，還是在課堂外，都要讓學(xué)生積極參與每個(gè)教學(xué)活動(dòng)，課外反復(fù)操練，大膽開(kāi)口，創(chuàng)造性地說(shuō)自己想說(shuō)的話，及時(shí)整理語(yǔ)言難點(diǎn)，再次認(rèn)識(shí)并積極使用。溫故知新，克服遺忘。

4.注意培養(yǎng)自學(xué)能力

五、教具

多媒體教具

六、教學(xué)過(guò)程

Step 1 Review

復(fù)習(xí)并處理新詞句，然后導(dǎo)入新課。

1. (教師檢查上節(jié)課布置的作業(yè)，復(fù)習(xí)系表結(jié)構(gòu)，導(dǎo)出本課的目標(biāo)語(yǔ)言。要求學(xué)生理解生詞upset；掌握短語(yǔ)be proud of。)

T: Now let's check the homework. S1,when you are late for class, how do you feel?

S1: I always feel worried and afraid.

T: S2, if your pet dog is dead, are you sad?

S2: Yes, I must be very sad.

T: Oh, you mean you must be very upset.

T: When you heard Zhang Yining won the first in the Olympic Games, how did you feel?

S3: I felt excited.

S4: I felt very pleased.

T: We are all proud of her, right?

Ss: Yes.

(板書畫線部分。)

upset, be proud of

2. (教師播放一段京劇，導(dǎo)入新課。)

T: Now let's listen to the tape.

Step 2 Presentation

呈現(xiàn)并處理本課活動(dòng)1和3a。

1. (通過(guò)談?wù)摼﹦?，引入本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)1。要求學(xué)生掌握f(shuō)ilm;理解Beijing Opera；了解moving。)

T: What music are you listening to?

S5:京劇。

T: Yes, It's Beijing Opera. What do you think of it?

S5: It's wonderful. I like it.

S6: I don't like it at all. It's boring.

T: OK, S7, which do you like better, Beijing Opera or movies?

S7: I like movies better.

T: Oh, you mean you like films. I like films, too. Love Me Once More, Mom is my favorite. It's very moving.

(板書畫線部分。)

Beijing Opera, film, moving

T: What about Kangkang? What is his favorite? Let's listen to 1 and find out which film Kangkang likes best.

(讓學(xué)生聽(tīng)1的錄音，回答教師問(wèn)題。聽(tīng)完錄音后，教師提問(wèn)。)

T: Which film does Kangkang like best?

Ss: He likes Love Me Once More, Mom.

T: Why?

Ss: …

2. (呈現(xiàn)3a。學(xué)習(xí)并掌握短語(yǔ)set the table和be able to。)

T: Look at the picture in3aon page 4. What's Kangkang doing? Is he setting the table?

Ss: Yes, he is.

T: What's he setting the table for?

Ss: His friends are coming for supper.

T: Yes, but Michael can't come because he is ill. That's to say he isn't able to come and Michael's mother has to look after him at home. Is Michael's mother able to go to the movie?

Ss: No, she isn't.

T: Right. I'm sure she will be very disappointed. Then, is Mr. Lee able to go to the movie? What's Mr. Lee's feeling? Now let's listen to3a and find out the answers.

(老師在放錄音前先板書。)

set the table

be able to

Is Mr. Lee able to go to the movie?

What's Mr. Lee's feeling?

T: Can you catch the dialog? Who can answer my questions?

S1: Mr. Lee is able to go to the movie and he will be surprised.(可幫助學(xué)生回答。板書并理解畫線生詞。)

surprised

Step 3 Consolidation

鞏固本課1和3a。

1. (讓學(xué)生讀1，完成下面表格。)

T: Read 1 and complete the table.

(板書下面表格。)

Name

Favorite film

Reason

Kangkang

Jane

Maria

Mr. Lee

2. (讓學(xué)生分角色朗讀3a，然后討論并完成3b。)

T: Read3ain roles, and then discuss and finish 3b.

3. (利用3b中的關(guān)鍵詞句復(fù)述3a內(nèi)容。)

T: Retell3aaccording to the key words and sentences in 3b.

Step 4 Practice

繼續(xù)學(xué)習(xí)并練習(xí)系表結(jié)構(gòu)。

1. (以幻燈片或所提供詞造句的形式描述圖片,并完成2,由此引出并掌握生詞seem和smell。)

T: Now look at 2 and describe the pictures.

(教師核對(duì)并板書答案。)

1. He is pleased with his new bike.

2. The man seems worried.

3. It becomes cloudy.

4. It smells terrible.

5. The leaves turn green.

2. (讓學(xué)生聽(tīng)錄音，并完成4的填空練習(xí)，并核對(duì)答案。)

T: Listen to the tape, and then finish the blanks in 4.

3. (讓學(xué)生歸納學(xué)過(guò)的系動(dòng)詞和表示情感的形容詞。)

T: Please sum up the linking verbs and feeling words in Section A and B.

Step 5 Project

探究整合1與3a的內(nèi)容。

1. (四人一組并在組內(nèi)做調(diào)查，完成下列表格，并根據(jù)表格內(nèi)容在組內(nèi)自由談?wù)?，然后由小組推選一人在班內(nèi)做報(bào)告。)

(板書下面表格。)

Name

Favorite film

Reason

Favorite music

Reason

T: Work in groups of four. Complete the table and talk about freely in your group. Then each group choose one student to report it.

Example:

S1: My favorite film is Cats. It's funny and interesting. What about you?

S2: I like Beijing Opera, and you?

S3: I don't like it at all. It's boring.

S4: Do you know what movie Mr. Lee likes best?

S3: He likes The Sound of Music, but he was so disappointed because he didn't get a ticket.

S1: ...

2. Homework:

(1)(假設(shè)你是康康的媽媽，你正在給邁克爾的媽媽打電話。你們會(huì)談些什么呢？請(qǐng)?jiān)O(shè)置一個(gè)打電話的對(duì)話。)

T: Suppose you were Kangkang's mother, you are talking with Michael's mother on the phone. What are you talking about? Please make a dialog about this.

(2)預(yù)習(xí)。

(查詢資料，了解Section C中的影片內(nèi)容。)

T: Collect some information about the films The Sound of Music, Titanic and Love Me Once More, Mom.

七、評(píng)價(jià)與反思

本課設(shè)計(jì)了幾個(gè)任務(wù)，操作簡(jiǎn)單，學(xué)生一定很感興趣并且積極地參與其中，從而合作完成任務(wù)，培養(yǎng)了團(tuán)隊(duì)精神。

學(xué)生在自主探索中，從“感性認(rèn)識(shí)上升到理性認(rèn)識(shí)”，經(jīng)歷知識(shí)的發(fā)生、發(fā)展、形成和應(yīng)用的過(guò)程，提高獲取知識(shí)的能力。寓素質(zhì)教育于語(yǔ)言教學(xué)之中。

仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)八年級(jí)下冊(cè)課件【篇3】

1 . 當(dāng)人們第一次看到他的畫時(shí)，他們確信他們是從墻上的一個(gè)孔看一個(gè)真實(shí)的場(chǎng)面

2 . 那么多的綠葉，一簇堆在另一簇上面，不留一點(diǎn)兒縫隙。那翠綠的顏色，明亮地照耀著我們的眼睛，似乎每一片綠葉上都有一個(gè)新的生命在顫動(dòng)。

3 . 沒(méi)有樂(lè)聲擾亂兩耳，沒(méi)有官府公文拖累身心。

4 . 一條彩虹，從綠蔥蔥的田野里升起來(lái)，直通到天上，真像一座絢麗的天橋。

5 . (國(guó)王無(wú)奈，只好張貼皇榜，重金懸賞捕捉九色鹿。

6 . aswellas也，同，和；同…一樣

7 . 。Shespendsatleasthalfanhourinthegymeveryday。每天她至少花半小時(shí)在體育館。

8 . notonly……butalso不但……而且

9 . 。Doyouskatemuch？=Doyouoftenskate？你?；﹩?？

10 . (他發(fā)誓永不暴露我的住地，誰(shuí)知他竟然見(jiàn)利忘義!

仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)八年級(jí)下冊(cè)課件【篇4】

一、教學(xué)設(shè)計(jì)思路

為學(xué)生設(shè)置情境，幫助學(xué)生在不同情況下做出正確的選擇和回答，使學(xué)生在應(yīng)用中掌握知識(shí)。

二、教學(xué)目標(biāo)

(一)知識(shí)

1. 掌握如何禮貌地發(fā)出、接受、拒絕邀請(qǐng)：Can you come to my party? Yes, I'd love to. / Sorry, I can't. today,tomorrow, the day after tomorrow, next week, lesson,invitation

2. 掌握如何談?wù)撟约夯騽e人必須做的事情：Ihave to ...

(二)能力

能夠根據(jù)日程表中的計(jì)劃安排自己的活動(dòng)。

(三)情感

禮貌地發(fā)出、接受、拒絕邀請(qǐng)，禮貌地與人交流。

三、教學(xué)重點(diǎn)

禮貌地發(fā)出、接受、拒絕邀請(qǐng)。Can youcome to my party? Yes, I'd love to. / Sorry, I can't. today,tomorrow, the day after tomorrow, next week, lesson,invitation

四、教學(xué)難點(diǎn)

根據(jù)日程表中的計(jì)劃安排自己的活動(dòng)并對(duì)邀請(qǐng)做出適當(dāng)回答。

五、教學(xué)媒體

電腦、投影儀、邀請(qǐng)卡片

六、教學(xué)過(guò)程

1.動(dòng)畫導(dǎo)入，激發(fā)學(xué)生的學(xué)習(xí)興趣：

教師可先播放一段有關(guān)“聚會(huì)”的動(dòng)畫，激發(fā)學(xué)生的學(xué)習(xí)興趣并導(dǎo)入新知。

2.完成任務(wù)，合作學(xué)習(xí)：

教師可以給學(xué)生布置以下任務(wù)，讓學(xué)生在完成任務(wù)的.過(guò)程中掌握所學(xué)的知識(shí)。

任務(wù)一：Planning abirthday party.

讓學(xué)生以小組為單位為某位同學(xué)籌備一個(gè)集體生日聚會(huì)，討論在生日聚會(huì)上大家可以做哪些活動(dòng)并列出清單。

任務(wù)二：Writing aninvitation card.

學(xué)生以小組為單位展開(kāi)活動(dòng)，制作邀請(qǐng)卡向其他組的同學(xué)發(fā)出邀請(qǐng)，請(qǐng)他們來(lái)參加本組的集體生日聚會(huì)。注意邀請(qǐng)卡的用詞和基本格式。

任務(wù)三：統(tǒng)計(jì)聚會(huì)人數(shù)。

學(xué)生以小組為單位開(kāi)展活動(dòng)。假設(shè)班上要組織一次野餐活動(dòng)，一個(gè)學(xué)生為組織者，詢問(wèn)組員并統(tǒng)計(jì)本組參加的人數(shù)及不參加的原因，并做好記錄。

group member

Yes / No

reasons

完成任務(wù)可能要用到的語(yǔ)言結(jié)構(gòu)：

We are going to have apicnic. Can you come?

When is it going tostart?

I'm sorry. I haveto....

3. 拓展學(xué)習(xí)：

學(xué)生設(shè)計(jì)假期某一周的日程安排。在設(shè)計(jì)的過(guò)程中，要盡可能合理安排好學(xué)習(xí)、休閑娛樂(lè)等各項(xiàng)活動(dòng)，并留出一些空余時(shí)間。要注意有自己的特色，能聯(lián)系拓展所學(xué)的知識(shí)。

七、評(píng)價(jià)方法

可從以下三個(gè)方面來(lái)考查學(xué)生的學(xué)習(xí)情況，并將學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)的評(píng)價(jià)融入到教學(xué)過(guò)程中。

①課堂參與情況：積極主動(dòng)，聲音響亮，較流暢地用英語(yǔ)表達(dá)自己要說(shuō)的話。

②合作學(xué)習(xí)情況：與小組成員共同努力，很好地完成學(xué)習(xí)任務(wù)。

③知識(shí)掌握情況：是否已經(jīng)掌握了所學(xué)的知識(shí)，并能很好地運(yùn)用。

仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)八年級(jí)下冊(cè)課件【篇5】

一、教材分析

１、教材的地位及作用：

今天我要說(shuō)的是冀教版八年級(jí)下冊(cè)第五單元：Go with Transportation 第37課：Flying Donuts。本單元講述了一些有關(guān)交通發(fā)展的歷史事件與相關(guān)故事，在復(fù)習(xí)以前所學(xué)的有關(guān)交通的詞匯與短語(yǔ)的基礎(chǔ)上又?jǐn)U展了一些生詞、習(xí)語(yǔ)與日常用語(yǔ)。第37課的課文通過(guò)介紹Danny想象中的一種新的交通工具，引導(dǎo)學(xué)生充分發(fā)揮想象力、創(chuàng)造力，設(shè)想未來(lái)的交通工具，并用英語(yǔ)表達(dá)出來(lái)，從而激發(fā)學(xué)生的創(chuàng)造力和表現(xiàn)欲，使他們從中得到學(xué)習(xí)的快樂(lè)。

２、教學(xué)目標(biāo)：（知識(shí)目標(biāo)、能力目標(biāo)、德育目標(biāo)）

知識(shí)目標(biāo)：

(１) 學(xué)習(xí)單詞fuel, coal, oil … 。

(２) 學(xué)習(xí)、掌握短語(yǔ)與句型think of認(rèn)為，想起；at the front of 在……的前面 with用…；

能力目標(biāo)：

通過(guò)聽(tīng)、說(shuō)、讀、寫的綜合訓(xùn)練，促進(jìn)學(xué)生將新學(xué)知識(shí)轉(zhuǎn)化為言語(yǔ)的技能，盡可能地運(yùn)用語(yǔ)言表達(dá)實(shí)際的意義。

德育目標(biāo)：

培養(yǎng)學(xué)生表達(dá)自我的能力，發(fā)揮想象力、創(chuàng)造力，張揚(yáng)個(gè)性，展示自我。

確立教學(xué)目標(biāo)的依據(jù)：

根據(jù)英語(yǔ)教學(xué)大綱規(guī)定，通過(guò)聽(tīng)、說(shuō)、讀、寫的'訓(xùn)練，使學(xué)生獲得英語(yǔ)基礎(chǔ)知識(shí)與為交際初步運(yùn)用英語(yǔ)的能力，激發(fā)學(xué)生的學(xué)習(xí)興趣，為進(jìn)一步學(xué)習(xí)打好初步的基礎(chǔ)。此外，根據(jù)我國(guó)國(guó)情與外語(yǔ)教學(xué)大綱的要求，現(xiàn)階段外語(yǔ)教學(xué)的素質(zhì)教育主要包括思想素質(zhì)教育、目的語(yǔ)素質(zhì)教育、潛在外語(yǔ)能力的培養(yǎng)、非智力因素的培養(yǎng)等四方面。

３、重點(diǎn)與難點(diǎn)：

確立重點(diǎn)與難點(diǎn)的依據(jù)：

根據(jù)教學(xué)大綱的要求，教材編排的特點(diǎn)及本課在教材中所處的地位與作用，并從學(xué)生的實(shí)際出發(fā)，確定本課的重點(diǎn)與難點(diǎn)：

重點(diǎn)：本課詞組與句型think of/about /out ；with的多種用法；What do the donuts do? Will Danny's invention really work?

難點(diǎn)：設(shè)想發(fā)明一些交通工具，并用英語(yǔ)表達(dá)出來(lái)。

二、教學(xué)方法：

新教材重視以人為本，強(qiáng)調(diào)素質(zhì)教育。在教學(xué)中，要注意發(fā)揮學(xué)生的主體作用，把空間留給學(xué)生。抓住初中生活潑好動(dòng)，表現(xiàn)欲強(qiáng)的心理特點(diǎn)，課堂上我設(shè)計(jì)了大量的聽(tīng)、說(shuō)、讀、寫的訓(xùn)練，啟發(fā)學(xué)生動(dòng)腦思考，鼓勵(lì)學(xué)生大膽開(kāi)口，暢所欲言，盡可能運(yùn)用英語(yǔ)表達(dá)實(shí)際意義，從而最大限度地調(diào)動(dòng)學(xué)生的積極性和主動(dòng)性。教學(xué)中，我主要通過(guò)五步教學(xué)法，精講巧練，由淺入深，由易到難，由已知到未知，循序漸進(jìn)地深化教學(xué)內(nèi)容。展開(kāi)以教師為主導(dǎo)，以學(xué)生為主體的師生雙邊活動(dòng)。

三、學(xué)法指導(dǎo)：

在教學(xué)實(shí)踐中，教師不僅要將基礎(chǔ)知識(shí)和基本技能傳授給學(xué)生，而且要教學(xué)生學(xué)會(huì)學(xué)習(xí)。教師要采用多種教學(xué)方法，激發(fā)學(xué)生的求知欲和好奇心，提高學(xué)生的學(xué)習(xí)自主性和學(xué)習(xí)能力。針對(duì)學(xué)生普遍存在著缺乏自信，自我評(píng)價(jià)偏低的傾向，在教學(xué)中我注重鼓勵(lì)學(xué)生相信自己，鼓勵(lì)他們多動(dòng)口，勤動(dòng)手。

在進(jìn)行口語(yǔ)訓(xùn)練時(shí)，要求學(xué)生努力克服怕羞的心理，踴躍發(fā)言，敢于開(kāi)口說(shuō)英語(yǔ)，積極參加課堂上的各種教學(xué)活動(dòng)。

四、教學(xué)手段：

主要以現(xiàn)代化電教手段－－多媒體輔助教學(xué)，貫穿整個(gè)教學(xué)過(guò)程。增加了直觀性和趣味性，加大了課堂密度，提高了教學(xué)效果。

五、教學(xué)程序：

課前準(zhǔn)備

教師備好課及相關(guān)的教學(xué)設(shè)備，布置學(xué)生預(yù)習(xí)本課內(nèi)容，向?qū)W生提出預(yù)習(xí)的具體要求：

（1） 學(xué)習(xí)本課生詞，了解課文大意。

（2） 找出重點(diǎn)短語(yǔ)和句子。

1、檢查復(fù)習(xí)

（1）檢查學(xué)生預(yù)習(xí)課文的情況：

詢問(wèn)他們對(duì)課文的意思是否還有什么問(wèn)題，鼓勵(lì)其他學(xué)生解答這些問(wèn)題。

（2）展示圖片，復(fù)習(xí)學(xué)過(guò)的部分交通工具的名稱：

bicycle, train, rocket, car, boat, plane……

2、循序漸進(jìn)，導(dǎo)入新課

本課利用多媒體教學(xué)手段展示了一幅幅色彩逼真、形象生動(dòng)的畫面，充分地調(diào)動(dòng)了學(xué)生的積極性，吸引了全體學(xué)生的注意力，達(dá)到了教育教學(xué)目的。

首先，提出本課的學(xué)習(xí)目標(biāo)，結(jié)合學(xué)生的預(yù)習(xí)情況，指出重點(diǎn)詞匯及短語(yǔ)，并呈現(xiàn)在畫面上，以突出重點(diǎn)，體現(xiàn)難點(diǎn)。

其次，通過(guò)聽(tīng)力訓(xùn)練和問(wèn)答練習(xí)，引導(dǎo)學(xué)生從聽(tīng)、說(shuō)入手了解課文，初步感知新的語(yǔ)言知識(shí)。

3、舉例分析，精講重點(diǎn)

對(duì)課文中的關(guān)鍵詞句如：What do donuts do? think of/out/over, with, make sb. do sth……等重點(diǎn)講解，舉例加以說(shuō)明。為了更好地調(diào)動(dòng)學(xué)生的積極性，要求學(xué)生運(yùn)用這些詞語(yǔ)造句，訓(xùn)練學(xué)生寫的技能，使學(xué)生處于積極思維的狀態(tài)之中，全方位、多角度培養(yǎng)學(xué)生運(yùn)用英語(yǔ)的能力。

4、口語(yǔ)操練，加深印象

（1）通過(guò)放錄音，學(xué)生聽(tīng)，模仿說(shuō)，教師講的過(guò)程，鞏固語(yǔ)言材料，培養(yǎng)學(xué)生聽(tīng)、說(shuō)能力。

（2）讓學(xué)生準(zhǔn)備幾分鐘，然后采用三人小組的形式，分角色大聲地朗讀課文。

（3）讓學(xué)生創(chuàng)設(shè)一些情景，用所學(xué)的知識(shí)編寫對(duì)話，并且把它表演出來(lái)。

5、課堂練習(xí)，鞏固知識(shí)

出示一些與本課語(yǔ)言點(diǎn)相關(guān)的選擇題和情景對(duì)話，要求學(xué)生當(dāng)場(chǎng)完成。課堂練習(xí)的目的在于檢查學(xué)生掌握知識(shí)的情況，以便教師發(fā)現(xiàn)學(xué)生知識(shí)缺漏，及時(shí)補(bǔ)充。同時(shí)也有助于進(jìn)一步鞏固，加強(qiáng)對(duì)本課內(nèi)容的理解和運(yùn)用。

如果時(shí)間允許的話，還可以讓學(xué)生想象著發(fā)明一些交通工具，用英語(yǔ)把它描述出來(lái)，寫成一篇小作文。如果時(shí)間來(lái)不及，就作為課外作業(yè)。

6、展示板書

Unit 5 Lesson 37

Language points:

1.think of認(rèn)為,想起; think over仔細(xì)考慮; think out想出

2.at/in the front of在……前面（部）/in front of在……前面

3.on the way to school在上學(xué)的路上/on one's way home在回家路上

4. With用……

5. What do the donuts do? 面包是用來(lái)干什么的？

本課以素質(zhì)教育為目的，結(jié)合教材重點(diǎn)、難點(diǎn)及英語(yǔ)學(xué)科特點(diǎn)，利用多媒體輔助教學(xué)，從視、聽(tīng)、說(shuō)等方面使學(xué)生得到鍛煉，在愉快、輕松的氛圍中溫故而知新，達(dá)到初步運(yùn)用英語(yǔ)交際的能力。

雖然教學(xué)已經(jīng)有十年了，但是在教學(xué)過(guò)程中難免存在不足，敬請(qǐng)各位老師批評(píng)指正。謝謝大家！

仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)八年級(jí)下冊(cè)課件【篇6】

1 . 一下車，我們便飛快地往觀景臺(tái)攀爬去。站在觀景臺(tái)上放眼遠(yuǎn)眺，再?zèng)]有比秋雨洗浴后的銅鼓嶺更迷人了。整座銅鼓嶺，都是蒼翠欲滴的濃綠，風(fēng)一吹，林濤四起，像群山深深的呼吸，給人一種神秘幽遠(yuǎn)的感覺(jué)。收眼近瞧，茂密的灌木叢里，鮮艷的野花在山風(fēng)的輕撫下翩翩起舞。山上還有一座風(fēng)吹能動(dòng)但卻不會(huì)倒的大石頭，叫“風(fēng)動(dòng)石”。風(fēng)動(dòng)石屹立在那，就像一位長(zhǎng)者在眺望著美景。天上的云朵飛快地移動(dòng)著，就像波濤洶涌的大海，從天外滾滾而來(lái)，顯得分外壯美。西邊山腳下的月亮灣猶如一面巨大的明鏡，無(wú)數(shù)雨點(diǎn)落進(jìn)水里，就像一顆顆跳躍的珍珠。真是“水光瀲滟晴方好，山色空蒙雨亦奇”，讓人仿佛走進(jìn)了連綿不斷的畫卷中。

3 . ThedoorisgreenThewindowsareyellow門是綠色的，窗戶是黃色的。

4 . 我喜歡自然，喜歡沒(méi)有束縛的感覺(jué)。破土而出的小草，粼粼湖水，幽微的花香，舞動(dòng)的柳條兒，對(duì)我總是有著磁鐵般的吸引力，讓我為之駐足，為之驚嘆，它們的美是細(xì)小的，甚至微不足道，然而卻是那樣的質(zhì)樸，透露出一種生命的自然氣息。

5 . 霎時(shí)，豆大般的雨滴從天而落。滴到了我的手上，慢慢地流到手指上，滴下?！鞍?下雨啦!”一聲尖叫在人群中播灑。街上的人們紛紛跑進(jìn)一家商店里。我也跑，我用我全身的力量跑回家。。。。。。

6 . What’shisname?HisnameisZhangPeng他叫什么名字?他叫張鵬。

7 . takeone’splace代替，取代；入座；就位

8 . 。Whichsportdoyouprefer？=Whichsportdoyoulikebetter？你更喜歡什么運(yùn)動(dòng)？Ipreferskating。=Ilikeskatingbetter。我更喜歡滑雪。

9 . asaconsequenceof=inconsequenceof=asaresultof由于…的原因

10 . Putyournotebookinyourbag把你的筆記本放進(jìn)書包。

仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)八年級(jí)下冊(cè)課件【篇7】

1 . 青草蘆葦和紅的白的紫的野花，被高懸在天空的一輪火熱的太陽(yáng)蒸曬著，空氣里充滿了甜醉的氣息。

2 . 人生是美好的，因?yàn)槲覀兛梢詮闹形虺龊芏嗟览?。我的人生，我自己走，我的命運(yùn)，我自己掌握，我一定會(huì)通過(guò)自己讓我的人生更加精彩，更加美好!

3 . 寒冷的冬天過(guò)去了，溫暖的春風(fēng)吹遍了每一個(gè)角落，春天裝著滿袋的音樂(lè)種子來(lái)到人間。她把種子撒向林間，林間飛著百靈鳥動(dòng)聽(tīng)的歡歌;她把種子撒向溪流，溪流蕩著青蛙呱呱的鳴唱;她把種子撒向草地，草地飄著蟋蟀輕盈的歌唱。

4 . Theypaidfamousartiststopaintpicturesofthemselves，theirhousesandotherpossessions，aswellastheiractivitiesandachievements

5 . 人們的注意力更多地集中在人類本身，而對(duì)宗教的注意力減少了

6 . convincesbofsth使某人確信/明白某事

7 . consideritadj/n＋todosth

8 . 春天的陽(yáng)光格外明媚，春姑娘展開(kāi)了笑臉，太陽(yáng)，紅紅的光束射過(guò)來(lái)，那溫柔地?fù)崦?，像年輕的母親的手。

9 . 在這個(gè)世界上，無(wú)論別人怎么看你，其實(shí)并不重要。因?yàn)楹枚鄷r(shí)候，你沒(méi)有必要看別人的臉色生活，那樣做只會(huì)讓你徒增壓力。

10 . 人們?cè)骱弈欠N在共同勞動(dòng)中不肯出力的行為，卻不一定為自己謀私利。

仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)八年級(jí)下冊(cè)課件【篇8】

一、教材分析

本節(jié)課為Unit5單元的第一課時(shí)，從學(xué)生現(xiàn)實(shí)生活切入，引導(dǎo)學(xué)生說(shuō)出自己對(duì)電視節(jié)目的喜好，并通過(guò)練習(xí)來(lái)了解各種電視節(jié)目的名稱，主要以聽(tīng)說(shuō)為主，注重培養(yǎng)學(xué)生運(yùn)用語(yǔ)言進(jìn)行交際的能力。

二、教學(xué)目標(biāo)

語(yǔ)言知識(shí)目標(biāo)：

1.學(xué)習(xí)并掌握有關(guān)電視節(jié)目類型及表達(dá)喜好程度的單詞或短語(yǔ)

2.學(xué)習(xí)有關(guān)表達(dá)對(duì)不同電視節(jié)目的偏好的`句型，初步感知不定式做賓語(yǔ)的用法。

情感態(tài)度價(jià)值觀目標(biāo)：

學(xué)會(huì)談?wù)摿餍形幕私飧黝愲娨暫碗娨暪?jié)目的名稱和自己的喜歡。 注意引導(dǎo)學(xué)生們形成正確的文化觀念，大力培養(yǎng)學(xué)生們的跨文化意識(shí)，形成自己獨(dú)立的個(gè)性。

三、教學(xué)方法

本節(jié)課采用情景教學(xué)法，直觀、生動(dòng)，融知識(shí)于競(jìng)賽游戲、調(diào)查采訪以及小組活動(dòng)中。運(yùn)用現(xiàn)代教學(xué)手段———多媒體進(jìn)行教學(xué)，充分調(diào)動(dòng)學(xué)生的積極參與，使課堂氣氛活躍，參與率高，以確保教學(xué)效果。

四、教學(xué)重難點(diǎn)

教學(xué)重點(diǎn)

1. 學(xué)習(xí)掌握各類電視和電視節(jié)目的名稱。

2. 掌握動(dòng)詞不定式結(jié)構(gòu)做動(dòng)詞的賓語(yǔ);了解后面接動(dòng)詞不定式做賓語(yǔ)的動(dòng)詞。

3.使學(xué)生掌握句型 “What do you think of?”“I don't mind them.”學(xué)會(huì)描述自己的喜好以及制定合理的計(jì)劃。

教學(xué)難點(diǎn)

1.掌握動(dòng)詞不定式結(jié)構(gòu)做動(dòng)詞的賓語(yǔ);了解后面接動(dòng)詞不定式做賓語(yǔ)的動(dòng)詞。

2.讓學(xué)生運(yùn)用所學(xué)句型“What do you think of?”對(duì)某一事物進(jìn)行評(píng)價(jià)，并且學(xué)會(huì)談?wù)撚?jì)劃。

仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)八年級(jí)下冊(cè)課件【篇9】

教學(xué)目標(biāo)

一、知識(shí)與技能

1.學(xué)習(xí)并掌握現(xiàn)在完成時(shí)的用法，學(xué)習(xí)有關(guān)音樂(lè)的詞匯。

2.閱讀短文獲得正確信息的能力。

3.能夠通過(guò)彼此交流了解歌曲、歌手、樂(lè)隊(duì)的信息并能作評(píng)論。能夠運(yùn)用閱讀策略來(lái)獲得文章大意。

4. 掌握現(xiàn)在完成時(shí)的用法，學(xué)習(xí)有關(guān)音樂(lè)的詞匯。

5. 培養(yǎng)學(xué)生的聽(tīng)力能力。

二、過(guò)程與方法

閱讀，感受，模仿，實(shí)踐。

三、情感態(tài)度與價(jià)值觀

激發(fā)學(xué)生對(duì)音樂(lè)的熱愛(ài)。

教學(xué)重點(diǎn)

1.學(xué)習(xí)并掌握現(xiàn)在完成時(shí)的用法，學(xué)習(xí)有關(guān)音樂(lè)的詞匯。

2.閱讀短文獲得正確信息的能力。

教學(xué)難點(diǎn)

能夠運(yùn)用閱讀策略來(lái)獲得文章大意，從而提高閱讀效率。

教法導(dǎo)航

激勵(lì)學(xué)生認(rèn)真閱讀，認(rèn)真思考。

學(xué)法導(dǎo)航

通過(guò)閱讀，模仿學(xué)習(xí)新知識(shí)。

教學(xué)準(zhǔn)備

圖片，多媒體。

教學(xué)過(guò)程

Step 1 Greetings

Greet the students as usual.

Step 2 Warming up

Show some pictures about singers and musicians. Ask and answer：

Who is your favorite singer or musician? Why do you like him or her?

Step 3 New words

Learn the new words：pop，rock，band.

The students read the words one by one. Then they have a dictation.

Step 4 Listening

The students go through the sentences in 1b.

1b, Listen to a conversation between Alex and Dave. Write A for Alex and D for Dave next to each opinion.

____ The Toms must be popular.

____ The Toms play pop music.

____ The Toms’ music sounds more like rock.

____ Listening to The Toms is a good way to wake up.

1c, Listen again. Take notes.

Listen for a third time and check the answers.

Step 5 Speaking

1d, Ask your friends and parents what kind of music they listen to and why. How does the music make them feel?

Ask the students to make a conversation like：

A：What kind of music do you listen to?

B：I listen to pop music.

A：Why do you listen to it?

B：I like it because….

A：How does the music make them feel?

B：It makes me relaxed.

Step 6 Discussion & Reading

2a, Discuss the questions with a partner.

1.Do you have a favorite singer or band?

2. Do you have a favorite song?

3. What facts do you know about your favorite singer，band or song?

Reading guidance:

1. Read the passage and make notes or underline the main idea of the text.

2. After reading，write a short summary in your own words.

在討論的過(guò)程中，教授新單詞。

Step 7 Reading tasks

Read the passage and complete the fact sheet.

Country Music Fact Sheet.

Where it is from：___________________

What kind of music it is：_____________

A famous country music place in Nashville：_______________

A famous country music singer：____________

The number of records he has sold：_____________

2c Read the passage again and underline the main ideas. Then use the underlined text to write short answers to the questions below.

First paragraph：

Who is Sarah? Where is she from? What does she like?

Second paragraph：

What is country music? What is country music about?

Third paragraph：

What is Sarah’s dream? Who is Garth Brooks?

Step 8 Writing

2d, Use the notes you made in 2c to write a short summary of the passage. Write no more than 100 words.

示例：

Sarah is an American girl. She likes country music. She is a fan of country music. Country music is a traditional music from the southern states of America. Many songs are about modern life in the US，such as the importance of money and success. Sarah’s dream is to go to Nashville because Garth Brooks is there. She likes to listen to his songs. Garth is one of the most successful musicians in American history.

課堂作業(yè)

1. Ask the students to write the following phrases and words.

used to過(guò)去常常 fight over爭(zhēng)吵 return home回家

on the radio在收音機(jī)上 make sb. do sth.使某人做某事 think about考慮

come to realize逐漸認(rèn)識(shí)到 ever since自從…以來(lái)

the home of…的家 such as例如 belong to屬于

be kind to sb.對(duì)某人友好 trust one another互相信任 remind sb. that…使某人想起

have been to去過(guò) do research on研究 hope to do sth. 希望做某事

2. 單選題

1. ---Where is John?

---He ______ the science lab.

A. has gone to B. has been to C. went to

2. ---Where is my sister， mum?

---She ___ to the library. She will be back soon.

A. has been B. is going C. has gone D. will go

3. ---May I speak to Lin Tao?

---Sorry，he is not in.

---He ______ to Changsha.

A. has been B. has gone C. went

參考答案：1. A 2. C 3. B

教學(xué)反思

教師一定要想辦法使閱讀課變得生動(dòng)有趣，并且教授給學(xué)生一定的閱讀策略。另外，掌握住“practice makes perfect”的原則，使學(xué)生在訓(xùn)練中逐步掌握本課的重點(diǎn)。

仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)八年級(jí)下冊(cè)課件【篇10】

1 .

2 . 秋天的風(fēng)姐姐更是另一番樣子，風(fēng)姐姐無(wú)聲無(wú)息走過(guò)去，高粱笑的樂(lè)彎了腰，石榴笑的咧開(kāi)了嘴年年都是好收成，農(nóng)民伯伯看著一車車的糧食心里樂(lè)開(kāi)了花。風(fēng)姐姐是一位棒極了的舞蹈家，它一跳舞，落葉便也跟著跳起了美麗的舞蹈。

3 . considersb/sthtobe/as

4 . 欣賞自己，就要把自己描繪成一幅畫。你可以讓畫面上長(zhǎng)出綠草紅花，你可以叫流水汩汩，你可以讓山林幽幽，你可以讓陽(yáng)光溫柔地照亮這一方天地。一個(gè)能在自己的精神世界自由地行走的人，無(wú)論他是富有還是貧窘，快樂(lè)與自信始終是他行走在滾滾紅塵中的形象。

5 . 他們互相靠近的兩膝，都隱沒(méi)在手卷下的衣褶里。

6 . becontemporarywith與…屬同時(shí)期

7 . everysecondyear

8 . Whenpeoplefirstsawhispaintingstheywereconvincedtheywerelookingthroughaholeinthewallatarealscene

9 . aimtodosth意欲，企圖做某事

10 . HowmanyChinesebookscanyousee?Icansee你能看見(jiàn)多少本書?我能看見(jiàn)二十本。

Yjs21.coM更多幼師資料延伸讀

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件

教案課件是老師工作中的一部分，老師還沒(méi)有寫的話現(xiàn)在也來(lái)的及。教師應(yīng)該根據(jù)學(xué)生的學(xué)習(xí)興趣來(lái)制定教案，要寫好教案課件有沒(méi)有好的范文可借鑒呢？幼兒教師教育網(wǎng)特意收集并為您呈上“八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件”相關(guān)內(nèi)容，閱讀后希望您能夠?qū)⒈揪W(wǎng)頁(yè)網(wǎng)址收藏下來(lái)以享受更多的信息服務(wù)！

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件【篇1】

外研版八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)Module 2 Friendship Unit1教

學(xué)設(shè)計(jì)

作者：admin 資源來(lái)源：本站原創(chuàng) 點(diǎn)擊數(shù)：

一。教材分析

1.《新標(biāo)準(zhǔn)》英語(yǔ)采用發(fā)現(xiàn)式語(yǔ)法學(xué)習(xí)法： 呈現(xiàn)---提問(wèn)---發(fā)現(xiàn)---總結(jié)，培養(yǎng)學(xué)生自主學(xué)習(xí)的能力。賓語(yǔ)從句是初中階段較難掌握的，在JEFC教材中出現(xiàn)在九年級(jí)，現(xiàn)提早了一個(gè)學(xué)期，所以難度較大。這需要老師很好地設(shè)計(jì)課堂教學(xué)活動(dòng)。

2.本模塊以友誼為話題，通過(guò)聽(tīng)力、對(duì)話和閱讀材料的學(xué)習(xí)介紹了賓語(yǔ)從句。友誼是同學(xué)們較為感興趣的話題，也與他們自身經(jīng)歷相關(guān)。借助友誼展開(kāi)話題討論，同時(shí)培養(yǎng)學(xué)生關(guān)愛(ài)他人的情感。

二。學(xué)情分析

1.知識(shí)基礎(chǔ)：部分學(xué)生缺少豐富的語(yǔ)言基礎(chǔ)，對(duì)某些任務(wù)的完成有一定的難度。

2.思維能力：有較強(qiáng)的記憶力和模仿能力，有待培養(yǎng)知識(shí)的擴(kuò)展運(yùn)用能力。

3.認(rèn)知心理：有較強(qiáng)的求知欲和表現(xiàn)欲，部分學(xué)生存在不自信，羞于表現(xiàn)等思想顧慮。

三。教學(xué)目標(biāo)

1.語(yǔ)言技能目標(biāo)：

聽(tīng)：能聽(tīng)懂用賓語(yǔ)從句表述的意義。說(shuō)：能運(yùn)用不同賓語(yǔ)從句來(lái)詢問(wèn)和表達(dá)友誼。

讀：能讀懂閱讀文章，理解語(yǔ)篇主題和細(xì)節(jié)。寫：能用賓語(yǔ)從句來(lái)寫與友誼有關(guān)的短文。

2.語(yǔ)言知識(shí)目標(biāo)：

1）能利用賓語(yǔ)從句討論與友誼有關(guān)的話題。正確使用賓語(yǔ)從句的三種句式。

2）能夠理解下列單詞和詞組：a couple of, junior high school

3）能夠正確使用本模塊中出現(xiàn)的四會(huì)詞及短語(yǔ)。

3.情感態(tài)度目標(biāo)：

1）通過(guò)對(duì)友誼的交流，掌握如何與他人交朋友，理解自己生活中情感影響的重要性。

2）引導(dǎo)學(xué)生與他人合作，相互幫助，共同完成學(xué)習(xí)任務(wù)，盡情享受學(xué)習(xí)的樂(lè)趣。

4.學(xué)習(xí)策略目標(biāo)：

1）自主學(xué)習(xí)能夠結(jié)合個(gè)人的情況預(yù)習(xí)教材和拓展。

2）合作學(xué)習(xí)能夠與同學(xué)交流學(xué)習(xí)心得體會(huì)，共享學(xué)習(xí)策略。

四。教學(xué)重點(diǎn)與難點(diǎn)

教學(xué)重點(diǎn)： 正確運(yùn)用賓語(yǔ)從句描述友誼。

教學(xué)難點(diǎn)： 賓語(yǔ)從句的引導(dǎo)詞、語(yǔ)序及時(shí)態(tài)。

五。教學(xué)過(guò)程

Step 1 Warming up

are you from? is his name?

do you ask? do you ask?

ask where you are ask what his name is.設(shè)計(jì)意圖 通過(guò)問(wèn)與答的形式，呈現(xiàn)賓語(yǔ)從句，為下異步的操練做準(zhǔn)備。

Step 2 Pair work

are you from? is your good friend from?

S1: Where are you from? S1: Where is your good friend from?

S2: I am from… S2: My good friend…is from…

S1: S2 says that he / she is from… S1: S2 says that …

設(shè)計(jì)意圖 聯(lián)系學(xué)生生活實(shí)際，體現(xiàn)用中學(xué)原則。用地圖操練鞏固目標(biāo)句型---that引導(dǎo)的賓語(yǔ)從句。

Step 3 Group work

something about my good friend

S1 has heard that Sally…

S2 knows that Sally…

S3 says that Sally…

I think that Sally…

設(shè)計(jì)意圖 通過(guò)談?wù)撌煜と宋?Sally, 進(jìn)一步加強(qiáng)目標(biāo)語(yǔ)的操練。同時(shí)，相互交流和幫助又培養(yǎng)了合作精神。

Step 4 Presentation

talk

you ever made telephone calls?

Who do you usually call?

a telephone call with a the other students an example.（suppose tomorrow is Saturday, you want to invite someone to have a picnic with you.）

T: Hello, this is Miss Wu I speak to LiHui?

S1: Hello, Miss Wu, this is LiHui are you?

T: I'm fine , ,LiHui, we are going to have a picnic tomorrow, would you like to go with us?

S1: Great!I'd love and where shall we meet?

T: Let's meet at half pass 8, at our school : Ok, see you : See you and find out:

What do Ann's mother and Bill talk about on the phone?

（事先交代情景： Ann's classmate Bill called Ann wasn't 's mother answered the phone.）

Expressions of making telephone calls:

Hello!Could I speak to Ann, please?

I'm afraid she isn't here right I take a message for you?

This is 'll give her the message…

設(shè)計(jì)意圖 新語(yǔ)言項(xiàng)目在情景中自然呈現(xiàn)，比較中、英文打電話的不同用語(yǔ)，引導(dǎo)學(xué)生判斷、總結(jié)，從而達(dá)到理解、學(xué)習(xí)并運(yùn)用語(yǔ)言的目的。充分體現(xiàn)了學(xué)習(xí)的過(guò)程。

Step 5 Practice

and find out how many people you hear.（Turn to page 10-1）

and number the order.（Turn to page 10-2）

a telephone telephoned Father wasn't answered the telephone.（用兩只電話機(jī)讓學(xué)生在課堂上表演）

Activity 5, 2, 3, 4

設(shè)計(jì)意圖 在常規(guī)聽(tīng)力練習(xí)中進(jìn)一步提高學(xué)生聽(tīng)的能力，在盡可能真實(shí)的情景中鞏固打電話用語(yǔ)。

Step 6 Presentation Why does Sally call Chen Huan?

設(shè)計(jì)意圖 激發(fā)求知欲望。順利進(jìn)入新課的學(xué)習(xí)。

Step 7 Listening and reading:（Turn to Page 10-3）

and answer the questions:

1）How many persons are there in the dialogue？

2）Where are they?

and answer（必須用賓語(yǔ)從句回答）

1）What does Chen Huan say? He says that…

2）What does Sally say? She says that …

and check（√）the true sentences.（Turn to Page 11-4）

設(shè)計(jì)意圖 聽(tīng)讀兩方面入手，由易到難，層層推進(jìn)，重視對(duì)學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)能力和技巧的培養(yǎng)。

Step8 Exercise

the words with their and answer the questions about the words in the box.（Turn to p11-5）

設(shè)計(jì)意圖 由單詞的復(fù)習(xí)過(guò)渡到句子的復(fù)習(xí)，既培養(yǎng)學(xué)生在語(yǔ)境中理解、識(shí)記單詞的能力，又為新課的學(xué)習(xí)起到較好的鋪墊作用。

Homework

your teacher

假設(shè)10年后，你參加工作，當(dāng)了一名記者，回來(lái)看望老師。學(xué)生自由向老師提問(wèn)，老師重復(fù)學(xué)生的問(wèn)題，很自然地引出新知識(shí)---疑問(wèn)句的賓語(yǔ)從句。: Miss Ni, do you still like teaching English?

T: S1 wants to know if I still like teaching 'm glad to tell you that I like teaching English very .給好朋友打個(gè)電話，請(qǐng)他來(lái)參加你的生日晚會(huì)。

設(shè)計(jì)意圖

1.英語(yǔ)是一門語(yǔ)言，而語(yǔ)言是用來(lái)交際的。只有多聽(tīng)、多讀，才能讓我們的英語(yǔ)說(shuō)得更加流利，掌握得更加牢固。

2.讓學(xué)生學(xué)會(huì)一切可利用的資源來(lái)獲取更多的學(xué)習(xí)信息。學(xué)習(xí)活動(dòng)由課堂向課外延伸。

3.貫徹從師生交流到生生交流的原則，在體現(xiàn)學(xué)生自主學(xué)習(xí)的同時(shí)，注重教師的示范作用。

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件【篇2】

Lesson 33 教學(xué)設(shè)計(jì)

Teaching content:

1. new words: living room, kitchen, bathroom

2. a dialogue about Li Ming’s arriving in Canada

3. let sb. do sth.

4. introduce sth./sb. to sb.

Lesson objectives

After this lesson, students should be able to

1. understand the meaning of the text

2. remember and use the mastery vocabulary and know some important words for transportation

3. write something about means of transportation

4. understand and write down some missing words as heard in sentences or passages in different contexts

Key points

1. the usage of let

2. introduce sth. to sb.

Difficult points: the usage of let

Teaching aids: a picture of living room/ kitchen/ bathroom, some cards, slide projector

Type: dialogue

Teaching procedure

Class opening (5 minutes)

Introduce the topic for Unit 5. Please read about introducing units in “Teaching Techniques” at the back of this teacher’s guide.

Student book (15 minutes)

There are two reading for this lesson. Teach the first reading. The second reading is for students to use independently.

The readings present new vocabulary and review vocabulary the students have learned in previous lessons.

The new vocabulary for this lesson includes the following words and phrases:

Mastery Vocabulary

Can, on foot, take a plane/train

Can/could I/you…?

Of course.

Oral Vocabulary

Rapid, transportation, type (n.)

Before you begin the reading, introduce unit project 1. See “Teaching Techniques” at the back of this teacher’s guide for general information about introducing unit projects. Also see the Unit 5 introductory page in this teacher’s guide. Instructions for unit project 1 are in the student book.

There are many ways to teach immersion reading. Here are some step-by step instructions for one way to teach the reading in this lesson. Also see “Teaching Techniques” at the back of this teacher’s guide for general information about teaching readings.

Step l: Check to see if the students have previewed the text. Ask if they have any questions concerning the meaning of the text. Encourage other students to try to answer the questions.

Step 2: Play the audiotape. Use your discretion to decide whether you want to spend some time on the new vocabulary. You may want to ask students to explain the meaning of some sentences containing key words. What strategies did they use to puzzle out the meanings? Remember to give lots of praise for a good try, even if it's wrong. It may be helpful to write the following phrases on a large piece of paper or on the blackboard, as a review. This will be helpful for students to refer to in the next step.

(to go) on foot

take a bus/taxi/car

ride a bike/the train

(to go to someplace) in a car

If you wish, you may say something about the word type in comparison with' the word kind, which the students learned in the last unit.

Step 3: Divide the class into small groups. Ask each group to talk about their usual means of transportation in moving around the city and travelling around the country. Encourage students to use the phrases that you have listed as well as to borrow phrases and sentence patterns from the text.

Step 4:Ask for three volunteers to act out the text.

They can choose to read aloud their lines from the reading. They can also improvise and create lines of their own.

Unit project 1: History of a type of transportation (15 minutes)

Begin unit project 1. This project covers three lessons. Working in groups,' students will complete a project to present to the class.

Divide the class into small groups of three or four students. Each group chooses a type of transportation for the project. Instruct students to begin collecting information about that type of transportation. They will prepare a comic strip or timeline of important dates in its development.

Teaching tip

Set up a contest for good group work.

Here's a way to encourage good group work among your students.

Tell the class that each group starts with a score of ten in each of these categories: project plan, cooperation, use of English, quietness, progress, final product. Write these across the top of the blackboard. Along the left side Of the blackboard, write a list of the groups names.

Add or subtract scores according to each group's performance. For example, if a group is trying to use a lot of English, give it two points (so now it has twelve points in that category). If a group is working with too much noise, subtract a point from that group in that category.

Keep track of the scores each day over the course of a project. What group has the highest score?

Activity book (5 minutes)

Play the audiotape. The aural exercises for this lesson are:

1. Listen to the audiotape. Fill in the blanks:

Write the words you hear.

Dinosaur Fun Park

Hi, this is Danny: I will tell you a story about my trip to Dinosaur Fun Park!

Dinosaur Fun Park is a fun place for dinosaurs. There is lots of dinosaur food there. Dinosaur food is very good for dinosaurs. It is like people food, but it is bigger. Dinosaur cookies are as big as kitchen tables. There are lots of dinosaur games, too. Many dinosaurs play dinosaur ping-pong. It is like people ping-pong, but the ball is bigger. Dinosaur ping-pong uses a basketball!

I loved Dinosaur Fun Park, but I am too small to live there. If I grow bigger, maybe I will visit again!

Class closing (5 minutes)

Below is the suggested homework for this lesson. Aim to give students about thirty minutes of homework. Use your discretion in deciding how much. reading or how many exercises to assign as homework. Base your decision on students' progress.

the first reading in the reader

the remaining activity book exercises

the next lesson in the student book

Lesson 34 教學(xué)設(shè)計(jì)

Teaching content

1． new words: refrigerator, inside, wash, juice, pass, knife, mine

2． a dialogue about having breakfast

3． the usage of would like

4． introduce sth.

Lesson objectives

At the end of this lesson, the students should be able to

1. understand the meaning of the text

2. remember and use the mastery vocabulary and know something about the development of the airplane

3. write something about airplanes

Key points

1． Time for sth. =It’s time for sth. =It is time to do sth.

2． What would you like? I would like…

Difficult points: would like to do sth.

Teaching aids: a picture of stove/ refrigerator, sink, some real things or some pictures of food, audiotape

Type: dialogue

Teaching procedure

Class opening (5 minutes)

For ideas and tips on beginning a class, see “Teaching Techniques” at the back of this teacher’s guide.

Student book (15 minutes)

There is one reading for this lesson. The reading presents new vocabulary and reviews the vocabulary students have learned in previous lessons.

The new vocabulary for this lesson includes the following words and phrases:

Mastery Vocabulary

airport, passenger, station, railway, fly

Oral Vocabulary

runway

For general suggestions about teaching immersion reading, please see “Teaching Techniques” in the back of this guide. Here are some step-by-step instructions for one way to teach the reading in this lesson.

Step 1: Check to see if the students have previewed the text. Ask if they have any questions concerning the meaning of the text. Encourage other students to try to answer the questions. Ask if they know anything about airplanes beyond what is said in the reading.

Step 2: Play the audiotape. Have the class follow the audiotape while looking at the text. You can decide whether you think it is necessary to spend some time on the new vocabulary.

Step 3: Ask the students to work individually to summarize the main ideas of the reading in five or six sentences.

Stop 4: Ask for one or two volunteers to read their summaries aloud to the class. Do other students agree with what has been presented as the main ideas? Discuss as a class. Use as much English as possible.

Unit project 1: History of a type of transportation (continued) (15 minutes)

Continue unit project 1. Students continue to work on their projects. Advise students that they should finish the projects during this lesson. They will present their projects during the next lesson.

Activity book (5 minutes)

Play the audiotape. The aural exercises for this lesson are:

1. Listen to the audiotape. Follow 'the instructions.

a. Fill in the blanks. Write the words you hear.

Hi. Do you remember me? My name is Chad! I invented the dog-waterer. Do you have one yet? Thanks to me, there are no more thirsty dogs!

My family went on a trip this summer. We went on a ship. Passengers on the ship could sleep or play games. There were swimming pools and movie theatres on the ship! Our rooms were very big.

My mum and dad liked the ship. They did not have to cook or clean. My dad Cried when our trip was over!

Below is the suggested homework for this lesson.

Aim to give students about thirty minutes of homework. Use your discretion in deciding how much reading or how many exercises to assign as homework. Base your decision on students' progress.

the second reading in the reader

the remaining activity, book exercises

the next lesson in the student book

Lesson 35 教學(xué)設(shè)計(jì)

Teaching content

1． new words: mitten, usually, sometimes, ride, always

2． a dialogue about Li Ming’s going to school in Canada

3． usage of sometimes, usually

Lesson objectives

After this lesson, students should be able to

1. understand the meaning of the text

2. remember and use the mastery vocabulary and know something about the development of the bicycle

3. write something about bicycles

4. understand and write down some missing words as heard in sentences or passages in different contexts

Key points: usage of usually and sometimes

Difficult points: usually and sometimes

Preparations: pictures, audiotape, slide projector

Type: dialogue

Teaching procedure

Class opening (5 minutes)

For ideas and tips on beginning a class, see “Teaching Techniques” at the back of this teacher’s guide.

Student book (15 minutes)

There is one reading for this lesson. The reading presents new vocabulary and reviews the vocabulary students have learned in previous lessons.

The new vocabulary for this lesson includes the following words and phrases:

Mastery Vocabulary

all right, get off, get on, ride, seat (n.)

Oral Vocabulary

pedal (n.). wheel

There are many ways to teach immersion reading.

Here are some step-by-step instructions for one way to teach the reading in this lesson.

Step 1: Check to see if the students have previewed the text.

Ask if they have any questions concerning the meaning of the text. Encourage other students to try to answer the questions. Ask if they know anything about bicycles, beyond what is said in the reading.

Step 2: Play the audiotape. Have the class follow the audiotape while looking at the text. You can decide whether you want to spend some time on the vocabulary listed above.

Step 3: Ask the students to work individually to summarize the main ideas of the reading in five or six sentences.

Step 4: ASk for one or two volunteers to read their summaries aloud to the class. Do other students agree with what has been presented as the main ideas? Discuss as a class. Use as much English as possible.

Unit project 1: History of a type of transportation (Continued 15 minutes)

Conclude unit project 1. Groups present their work to the class. Depending on class size and the length of presentations, you may wish to divide up the class.

Groups would then present their projects to one portion of the class.

Activity book (5 minutes)

Play the audiotape. The aural exercises for this lesson are:

1. Listen to the audiotape. Fill in the blanks.

Write the words you hear.

Babo's Bike, Part One

Have you heard the story of Babo? No?

Then I will tell you about Babo.

Babo lived a long time ago. He did not work hard. He had a big basket. Every morning,

Babo filled the basket with apples. Then he walked along the street. People bought Babo's apples. Babo's basket was always empty when the evening came. But Babo was very poor.

One day, Babo saw a man riding a bicycle:

But it wasn't a bicycle! It had only one wheel! People were watching the man. They were singing, “Ron the Rider! Ron the Rider!” Some of them gave money to Ron.

Class closing (5 minutes)

Below is the suggested homework for this lesson. Aim to give students about thirty minutes of homework. Use your discretion in deciding how much reading or how many exercises to assign as homework. Base your decision on students progress.

the third reading in the reader

the remaining activity book exercises

the next lesson in the student book

LESSON 36 教學(xué)設(shè)計(jì)

Teaching content

1. new words；year, same, glad, classmate

2. a dialogue about Li Ming’s meeting Jenny’s class

3. meet and introduce each other

4. usage of speak and same

Lesson objectives

After this lesson, students should be able to

1. understand the meaning of the song and sing the ong well

2. remember and use the mastery vocabulary

3. understand and write down some missing words as heard in sentences or passages in different contexts

Key points:

1. introduce to each other

2. speak and same

Difficult points: usage of word same

Teaching aids: audiotape, recorder, pictures

Type: dialogue

Teaching procedure

Class opening (5 minutes)

For ideas and tips on beginning a class, see “Teaching Techniques” at the back of this teacher’s guide.

Student book (15 minutes)

The reading for this lesson is a song. The audiotape presents the song; the words to the song are in the student book.

The new vocabulary for this lesson includes the following words and phrases:

Mastery Vocabulary

drive, get in

No Parking!

Yes/Certainly.

You'd better not.

Oral Vocabulary

highway

See “Teaching Techniques” at the back of this teacher's guide for suggestions on teaching songs.

Here are some step-by-step instructions for one way to teach the song in this lesson.

Step 1 Have the class read the lyrics aloud as a poem. You may divide the class into two groups. Each group will read one line at a time. Make sure students can read rhythmically with a good sense of the rhymes!

Step 2: Play the audiotape. Have the class follow in their books.

Step 3: Practice singing the song repeatedly until the students can sing it well.

Class activity How to get from here to there (15 minutes)

In this activity, students can have fun discussing transportation. Write several false statements about transportation on the blackboard. For example:

I will drive my car across the Pacific Ocean to get to Canada.

At the airport, I will take the train to Beijing.

I will fly my bicycle to school.

Ask for volunteers to correct these statements. Then ask each student to make up three false sentences about transportation. Have students choose partners. The students exchange their sentences with their partner. Each partner works to correct the other's sentences. Then students compare their corrections. Do partners agree on how to correct the sentences?

Activity book (5 minutes)

Play the audiotape. The aural exercises for this lesson are:

1. Listen to the audiotape. Fill in the blanks. Write the words you hear.

Babo's Bike, Part Two

Later, Babo saw Ron the Rider walking along the sidewalk. He had his one-wheeled bicycle. “Do you like riding your one-wheeled bicycle?” Babo said to Ron.

“No. It is hard work,” said the man. “And I am poor. 1 work hard and I make little money.”

“I make little money, too,”said Babo. “But I do not work hard. I fill this basket with apples. People come and buy them from me.”

Ron the Rider laughed. “I will give you my one-wheeled bicycle if you give me your basket” he said.

Class closing (5 minutes)

There is no specific reading from the reader to assign as homework for this lesson.

This is a chance for students to catch up if they are behind.

Suggested homework for this lesson includes:

the remaining exercises in the activity book

the next lesson in the student book

diary-writing and ,group verb-tense Studies

Lesson 37 教學(xué)設(shè)計(jì)

Teaching content

1. new words: temperature, outside, cup, shape, circle, line, pizza

2. a dialogue L Ming and his friends

3. how to ask and answer about the temperature

Lesson objectives

1. After this, students should be able to understand the meaning of the text

2. remember and use the mastery vocabulary and know some words that can help one imagine future transporttation

3. write something about transportation in the future

4. understand and write down some missing words as heard in sentences or passages in different contexts.

Key points: express weather

Difficult points: how to express weather

Type: dialogue

Preparations: pictures of different shapes, audiotape, recorder, slide projector

Class opening

For ideas and tips on beginning a class, see “Teaching Techniques” at back of this teacher’s guide. You may wish to have the class sing “Let’s Take a Drive.”

Student book( fifteen minutes)

There is one reading for this lesson. The reading presents new vocabulary and reviews the vocabulary for this lesson includes the following words and phrases:

Mastery Vocabulary

round (adj)

Oral Vocabulary

invent, present (v. ), presentation

Before you begin the reading, introduce unit projects 2. see “ Teaching Techniques” at the back of this teacher’s guide for general information about introductory page in this teacher’s guide, Instructions for unit project 2 are in the student book.

There are many ways to teach immersion reading. Here is some step-by-step instructions for one way to teach the reading in this lesson.

Step 1: Check to see if the students have previewed the reading as required. Ask if they have any questions concerning the meaning of the text.

Encourage other students to try to answer the questions.

Step 2: Play the audiotape. Have the class follow the audiotape while looking at the text. At this point, you may wish to ask the students to explain the meaning of some sentences containing key words or phrases. What strategies did they use to puzzle out the meanings? Remember to give lots of praise for a good try, even if it's wrong.

Step3: Divide the class into small groups. Ask each group to use their imagination and talk about their ideas for new types of transportation. They should try to use what they have learned in this unit to talk about their inventions.

Step 4: Have some groups volunteer to tell the rest of the class about their inventions.

Step 5: If you have time, ask three volunteers to act out the reading in any way they choose.

UNIT PROJECT 2: FUTURE TYPE OFTRANSPORTATION （15 MINUTES)

Begin unit project 2. This project covers two lessons. Divide the class into small groups. Each group thinks up a new type of transportation for the future and begins to prepare a presentation about it for the class. They should include a drawing.

ACTIVITY BOOK (5 MINUTES)

Play the audiotape. The aural exercises for this lesson are:

1. Listen to the audiotape. Follow the instructions.

a. Listen. Fill in the blanks. Write the words you hear.

Babo's Bike, Part Three

Babo learned how to ride Ron's bicycle. It was very hard work to ride the one-wheeled bike. So Babo thought of a new way to make his money.

One day, there was a rope in the air above the street. Babo was on the rope. He was on his one-wheeled bicycle! Babo rode his bike across the rope. Many people stopped to watch. They were very interested. They gave Babo lots of money! Babo was rich!

CLASS CLOSING (5 MINUTES)

Below is the suggested homework for this lesson.

Aim to give students about thirty minutes of homework. Use your discretion in deciding how much reading or how many exercises to assign as homework. Base your decision on students' progress.

the fourth reading in the reader

the remaining activity book exercises

the next lesson in the student book

Lesson 38 教學(xué)設(shè)計(jì)

TEACHINGCONTENT

1. new words: dry, bike, bear

2. a dialogue between Li Ming and his teacher

3. usage of some words: always, usually, sometimes, never

KEY AND DIFFICULT POINTS: usage of some adverbs: always, usually, sometimes, never

TYPE: dialogue

TEACHING AIDS: some different tapes, audiotape, recorder, slide projector

LESSON OBJECTIVES

After this lesson, students should be able to

1. understand the meaning of the text

2. remember and use the mastery vocabulary and know some words that can help one imagine new types of transportation

3. write something about future transportation

4. understand and write down some missing words as heard in sentences or passages in different contexts

CLASS OPENING (5 MINUTES)

For ideas and tips on beginning a class, see “Teaching Techniques” at the back of this teacher's guide .You may wish to have the class sing “Let's Take a Drive,”

STUDENT BOOK (15 MINUTES)

There is one reading for this lesson. The reading reviews the vocabulary students have learned in previous lessons. There is no new vocabulary for this lesson.

There are many ways to teach immersion reading.

Here are some step-by-step instructions for one way to teach the reading in this lesson.

Step 1: Check to see if the students have previewed the text as required. Ask if they have any questions. Encourage other students to try to answer the questions. To check how well students understand this reading, you may find it helpful to ask questions such as:

Who is Sam? When and where did you meet him?

What new type of transportation would Sam like to invent'?

Step 2: Play the audiotape.

Step 3: Discuss the reading with students. Use as much English as possible. Ask questions to make it easier for students to participate in the discussion. Ask questions such as:

What is space?

What is a spaceship?

Do you have an idea for a future type of transportation?

Is Sam's idea for a future type of transportation the same as yours?

Step 4: Divide the class into small groups. Ask each group to continue to talk about their ideas of inventions by using words, expressions and sentence patterns they have learned in this unit. Instruct the groups to write five to six sentences describing their inventions. If there is time, have some groups share what they have written with the rest of the class.

UNIT PROJECT 2: FUTURE TYPE OF TRANSPORTATION (CONTINUED) (15 MINUTES)

Conclude unit project 2. The groups present their future type of transportation to the class. Depending on class size and the length of presentations, you may wish to divide up the class. Groups would then present their projects to one portion of the class.

ACTIVITY BOOK (5 MINUTES)

Play the audiotape. The aural exercises for this lesson are:

1. Listen to the audiotape. Look at these questions.

Can you choose the correct answers? Please try.

1. Tom says, “I like this TV show very much.”

2. Li Ming says, “It is October 1. It is China's National Day.”

3. Li Ming Says, “1 would like brown shoes, please?

4. Li Ming says, ”Where are you getting off?“ Wang Mei says, ”At the next stop. Where are you getting off?“

Li Ming says, ”The stop after next.“

CLASS CLOSING (5 MINUTES)

Below is the suggested homework for this lesson. Aim to give students about thirty minutes of homework. Use your discretion in deciding how much reading or how many exercises to assign as homework. Base your decision on students' progress.

the fourth reading in the reader

the remaining activity book exercises

the next lesson in the student book

Lesson 39 教學(xué)設(shè)計(jì)

TEACHING CONTENT

1. mastery words; watch, toilet

2. a dialogue and a short text

3. the Present Continuous Tense

LESSON OBJECTIVES

After this lesson, students should be able to

1. understand the meaning of the text

2. memorize what is reviewed in this lesson and talk/write something about a fun project for inventions

3. understand and write down some missing words as heard in sentences or passages in different contexts

KEY POINTS

1. the Present Continuous Tense

2. look, watch and see

DIFFICULT POINTS: the Present Continuous Tense

TYPE: a dialogue and a short text

TEACHING AIDS: some food, some pictures of furniture, audiotape, recordeer

CLASS OPENING (5 MINUTES)

For ideas and tips on beginning a class, see ”Teaching Techniques“ at the back of this teacher's guide. You may wish to have the class sing ”Let's Take a Drive.“

STUDENT BOOK (10 MINUTES)

There is one reading for this lesson. It reviews the vocabulary for this unit. There is no new vocabulary in this lesson.

There are many ways to teach immersion reading. Here are some step-by-step instructions for one way to teach the reading in this lesson. Also see ”Teaching Techniques“ at the back of this teacher's guide for more general information about teaching readings.

Step 1: Check to see if the students have previewed the text as required. Ask if they have any questions. Encourage other students to try to answer the questions. As a quick review, ask students to name the words they know for different kinds of vehicles.

Step 2: Play the audiotape.

Step 3: Depending upon how much time you have you may divide the class into small groups. Ask each group to think about, discuss and then write an e-mail in response to Jenny's e-mail to Li Ming. if there is time, ask some groups to share their writings with the rest of the class.

VERBS (20 MINUTES)

Review the irregular verbs in this unit: drive, ride and sly. See ”Teaching Techniques“ at the back of this teacher's guide for recommended methods of teaching verbs.

Review the verb can, which is also in this unit.

This is a special verb, like might. The students learned the verb ”might' in Level 1 of junior school.

Do they remember what might means? Write this list on the blackboard:

I go. I might go.

He goes. He might go.

We go. We might go.

I run. I might run.

He runs. He might run.

We run. We might run.

Now ask for volunteers to write the same phrases with the word “can.”

I can go.

He can go.

We can go.

I can run.

He can run.

We can run.

What do the phrases mean? “I (verb)” describes what you are doing now. “I might ” expresses uncertainty. You might do something, but you might not. “1 can” expresses an ability. If you can do something, you are able to do it.

Sometimes “can” expresses permission. For example, you might ask your parents: “Can I go to the cinema?” If they permit you to go, they might say: “Yes, you can.”

ACTIVITY BOOK (5 MINUTES)

Play the audiotape. The aural exercises for this lesson are:

1. Listen to the audiotape. Look at these questions. Can you choose the correct answers? Please try.

1. Li Ming says, “It is cold, isn't it?”

Wang Mei says, “Yes it is. It might get colder. It might snow.”

2. Mrs. Brown says, “There will be a good program on TV. It is about making movies. Don't forget to watch it. ?'

3. Brian says, ”I saw Tim today. He is my good friend. I haven't seen him for many weeks. He looks great. I saw him at a restaurant.“

4. Danny says, ”I'm looking for Brian. I can't find him. Have you seen him?“

Jenny says, ”Yes. I saw him in the library.

He was looking up some words in the dictionary."

CLASS CLOSING (5 MINUTES

There is no specific reading from the reader to assign as homework for this lesson. This is a chance for students to catch up if they are behind.

Suggested homework for this lesson includes:

the remaining exercises in the activity book

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件【篇3】

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)說(shuō)課稿范文全英文 第1篇

一、說(shuō)教材

1、教材的地位和作用

在單元第10課是一篇題為“ MAKF OUR WORLD MORE BEAUTIFUL ^v^的閱讀教材，通過(guò)對(duì)環(huán)境保護(hù)這一話題的敘述增強(qiáng)學(xué)生環(huán)境保護(hù)的意識(shí)，懂得如何在日常生活中保護(hù)環(huán)境，文中主要運(yùn)用現(xiàn)在完成時(shí)態(tài)的句子，其中也穿插了一般現(xiàn)在時(shí)和過(guò)去時(shí)，學(xué)生在特定的語(yǔ)境中感覺(jué)和發(fā)現(xiàn)英語(yǔ)時(shí)態(tài)的變化，從而達(dá)到正確運(yùn)用英語(yǔ)的時(shí)態(tài)能力。

2、教學(xué)目的

教學(xué)大綱指出要從英語(yǔ)的學(xué)科的特點(diǎn)出發(fā)，激發(fā)培養(yǎng)學(xué)

生的興趣，幫助學(xué)生樹(shù)立學(xué)習(xí)英語(yǔ)的信心，克服學(xué)習(xí)中產(chǎn)生的畏懼心理和困難，建立語(yǔ)感，掌握語(yǔ)言基本知識(shí)和技能。

(1)知識(shí)目標(biāo)

這一課的知識(shí)目標(biāo)很明確，就是圍繞“環(huán)境保護(hù)”這一話題，繼續(xù)學(xué)習(xí)和鞏固現(xiàn)在完成時(shí)態(tài)的用法，利用本課所學(xué)習(xí)的話題，把功能與語(yǔ)法教學(xué)緊密結(jié)合一起。

(2)能力目標(biāo)

本課首先利用課前問(wèn)題(pre-reading questions )，啟發(fā)學(xué)生利用已有的知識(shí)經(jīng)驗(yàn)，對(duì)課文內(nèi)容進(jìn)行預(yù)測(cè)，就有關(guān)話題開(kāi)展討論，通過(guò)閱讀驗(yàn)證自己的推測(cè)，吸取信息，掌握新的知識(shí)，豐富經(jīng)驗(yàn)，從而達(dá)到獨(dú)立閱讀的能力。

3、教材的重點(diǎn)、難點(diǎn)、關(guān)鍵

(1)重點(diǎn)：本課重點(diǎn) 在其運(yùn)用完成時(shí)態(tài)的句子談?wù)摥h(huán)保這一話題。

(2)難點(diǎn)：對(duì)課文內(nèi)容及時(shí)態(tài)含義的理解。

(3)關(guān)鍵：在于是否能突破難關(guān)，達(dá)到正確運(yùn)用完成時(shí)態(tài)表達(dá)句意、理解全文的目標(biāo)。

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)說(shuō)課稿范文全英文 第2篇

各位評(píng)委老師上午好!

今天我說(shuō)課的內(nèi)容是新目標(biāo)英語(yǔ)八年級(jí)上冊(cè)Unit4 How do you get to school?第一課時(shí)(1a---1c)。教材分析 (一) 教材的地位和作用

本課為新目標(biāo)八年級(jí)上冊(cè)第四單元的第一課時(shí)。本單元的中心話題是“transportation”,它與學(xué)生的日常生活緊密聯(lián)系在一起的本課的教學(xué)圍繞“談?wù)撊绾稳ド蠈W(xué)”這一話題展開(kāi)教學(xué)，引導(dǎo)學(xué)生通過(guò)本課的語(yǔ)言素材看圖說(shuō)話、句型操練、實(shí)際描述，對(duì)話表演使學(xué)生學(xué)會(huì)用英語(yǔ)。本課還學(xué)習(xí)以how引導(dǎo)的特殊疑問(wèn)句，通過(guò)問(wèn)答訓(xùn)練，進(jìn)一步提高學(xué)生聽(tīng)、說(shuō)、讀、寫綜合素質(zhì)能力。 (二)教學(xué)目標(biāo)(知識(shí)目標(biāo)、能力目標(biāo)、情感目標(biāo)、學(xué)習(xí)策略目標(biāo)) 1.知識(shí)目標(biāo)

(1)掌握新單詞：

subway heytrain (2)掌握以how引導(dǎo)的特殊疑問(wèn)句的問(wèn)答

How do you get to school ? How does he / she get to school?

2.能力目標(biāo)

提高學(xué)生聽(tīng)，說(shuō)，讀，寫，綜合運(yùn)用知識(shí)的能力。

3.德育目標(biāo)

發(fā)揮學(xué)生的潛能，能談?wù)撟约杭爸車说纳蠈W(xué)，上班，回家，或旅游的交通方式，調(diào)動(dòng)學(xué)生應(yīng)用英語(yǔ)的積極性，學(xué)會(huì)關(guān)心別人。

確立教學(xué)目標(biāo)的依據(jù)： 根據(jù)英語(yǔ)教學(xué)大綱規(guī)定，通過(guò)聽(tīng)、說(shuō)、讀、寫的訓(xùn)練，使學(xué)生獲得英語(yǔ)基礎(chǔ)知識(shí)和為交際初步運(yùn)用英語(yǔ)的能力，激發(fā)學(xué)生的學(xué)習(xí)興趣，為進(jìn)一步學(xué)習(xí)打好初步的基礎(chǔ)。此外，也根據(jù)我國(guó)國(guó)情和外語(yǔ)教學(xué)大綱的要求，根據(jù)現(xiàn)階段外語(yǔ)教學(xué)的素質(zhì)教育的要求. (三)重點(diǎn)和難點(diǎn)：

根據(jù)本課的教學(xué)內(nèi)容及在本單元中的地位，與學(xué)生的實(shí)際情況，制定以下的重點(diǎn)與難點(diǎn)

重點(diǎn)：以how引導(dǎo)的特殊疑問(wèn)句; How do you get to school ? How does he/she get to school? I take the bus . He/She takes the train.

難點(diǎn)：多種搭乘交通工具的表達(dá)方式 (四)教學(xué)輔助工具：圖表 ，多媒體。 二、學(xué)情分析

經(jīng)過(guò)一年多的英語(yǔ)學(xué)習(xí)學(xué)生已具有一定的英語(yǔ)綜合能力，也積累了一定的英語(yǔ)詞匯量，如相關(guān)的交通工具名稱。同時(shí)已熟悉了一般現(xiàn)在時(shí)第三人稱單數(shù)動(dòng)詞的變化。本課學(xué)習(xí)不會(huì)很困難。

1、教學(xué)方法：

結(jié)合教材及學(xué)情，遵循教學(xué)原則和認(rèn)知規(guī)律，采用情景教學(xué)法，聽(tīng)說(shuō)法，導(dǎo)入話題，采用任務(wù)型教學(xué)途徑，在活動(dòng)中以循序漸進(jìn)法來(lái)突破重點(diǎn)，讓學(xué)生在用中學(xué)、學(xué)中用。

(1) 情景教學(xué)法：聯(lián)系實(shí)際生活，創(chuàng)設(shè)情景，激活學(xué)生的想像力，激發(fā)學(xué)生使用英語(yǔ)進(jìn)行交流的興趣和欲望。

(2) 聽(tīng)說(shuō)法：用師生，生生互動(dòng)的方式，共同觀察圖片，激活學(xué)生的已有知識(shí)，使學(xué)生主動(dòng)建構(gòu)自己的語(yǔ)言知識(shí)，從而有效地習(xí)得語(yǔ)言。

(3) 任務(wù)型語(yǔ)言模式：根據(jù)學(xué)生實(shí)際，以學(xué)生為中心，合理組織教學(xué)，把各個(gè)教學(xué)目標(biāo)融入到教學(xué)任務(wù)中，學(xué)生完成任務(wù)過(guò)程就是課堂教學(xué)的過(guò)程，即Learning by doing ,doing is learning.學(xué)生在教師指導(dǎo)下通過(guò)體驗(yàn)、實(shí)踐、參與、探索和合作等方式，發(fā)現(xiàn)語(yǔ)言規(guī)律，逐步掌握語(yǔ)言知識(shí)和技能，學(xué)生的自信感逐步增強(qiáng)，從而體驗(yàn)到成功的喜悅。

2、學(xué)習(xí)策略：

以學(xué)生為中心，通過(guò)觀察課件畫面，進(jìn)行兩人一組的pairwork情景對(duì)話練習(xí)。還有四人一組的小組合作學(xué)習(xí)，讓學(xué)生學(xué)會(huì)分工合作，在合作中，相互探討、交流，從而獲得知識(shí)，技能和情感體驗(yàn)。利用朗朗上口的chant,調(diào)動(dòng)學(xué)生的學(xué)習(xí)積極性，同時(shí)培養(yǎng)語(yǔ)言的節(jié)奏感.

四.教學(xué)流程

Step 1. Greetings

Good morning ?

How are you?

How the weather today ?

意圖：. 復(fù)習(xí)日常用語(yǔ)，準(zhǔn)備進(jìn)入新課。

Step2 Lead—in

Show a picture from the house to the school .Ask Ss ,How do get to school?

A student replies,Bike,say,oh,you ride your repeat. I ride my bike .the class ,Today we’re taking about how you get to school.

意圖：.通過(guò)創(chuàng)設(shè)語(yǔ)言場(chǎng)景，讓學(xué)生清楚明確本節(jié)課要學(xué)什么。

about transportation

Let the Ss look at the pictures on the screen and teach them words about transportation

bicycle/ bike subway train bus car taxi plane ship

Encourage the Ss to say more transportation ways

walk /on foot motorbike …

意圖:為下一步的情景對(duì)話做好鋪墊。

Step4 presentation

Show some pictures in ppt

How do you get to school ? take the train /car/plane

I walk to school. / I go to school on foot take subway /ship/bus

I take the bus. ride my bike/bicycle

How does he /she get to school? He /She takes the bus to school.

方法：師生問(wèn)答、生生問(wèn)答，兩人一組對(duì)話

意圖聯(lián)系實(shí)際生活，創(chuàng)設(shè)情景，激活學(xué)生的想像力，激發(fā)學(xué)生使用英語(yǔ)進(jìn)行交流的興趣和欲望

學(xué)會(huì)掌握以how引導(dǎo)的特殊疑問(wèn)句，以及多種交通方式的表達(dá)。掌握本課的重難點(diǎn)。

Step51a

Books open! Write down more ways to get to school. Check the answers and read gether.

意圖：鞏固搭乘交通工具的多種表達(dá)

Step61b(listening)

Let the Ss listen and write numbers

意圖：訓(xùn)練學(xué)生的聽(tīng)力能力

Look at the conversation

先讓學(xué)生讀出對(duì)話, 再學(xué)生兩人一組做對(duì)話，談?wù)搱D中的人都是怎樣上學(xué)的，最后， 讓幾組同學(xué)到班級(jí)前做對(duì)話。

意圖：運(yùn)書上的情景圖再反復(fù)操練how引導(dǎo)的特殊疑問(wèn)句，以及多種交通方式的表達(dá)。掌握本課的重難點(diǎn)

Do you go to school by bus or by bike?

I go to school by bike or by bike. Do you go to Shanghai by plane or by bike? I go to Shanghai by plane or by plane. Do you go to Xi’an by train or by train? I go to Xi’an by train ,by train . 意圖：讓學(xué)生在輕松愉快中學(xué)習(xí),迎合學(xué)生的年齡特點(diǎn)。

(groupwork)

Work in group of four ,talk about how do you get to school?,and fill in the chart.

Name

Get to school

意圖：通過(guò)小組活動(dòng)，培養(yǎng)合作學(xué)習(xí)意識(shí)?；顒?dòng)中小組進(jìn)行明確的分工，一名為記錄員，一名為匯報(bào)員。最后統(tǒng)計(jì)出全班有多少人步行，有多少人騎自行車，坐公交去上學(xué)。

Step 10..Exercise

一. 用所給詞的適當(dāng)形式填空。 often (ride ) to school,but sometimes he (walk) to school.

mother always ( go ) to work by bus

3. Tom never ( take) the train to school .

I ( walk) to school .

( do ) your sister get to school ?

二. 將下列句子改為同義句 often go to school by bus . I often a bus school. rides to work on M ondays. Jane goes to work on Mondays .

Jane goes to work on Mondays.

gets to school on foot every day. He to school every day . 意圖：鞏固本節(jié)課所學(xué)的內(nèi)容，糾正學(xué)生容易出現(xiàn)的錯(cuò)誤：一般現(xiàn)在時(shí)動(dòng)詞第三人稱單數(shù)的變化，以及動(dòng)詞短語(yǔ)take the +交通工具 可以替換成介詞by +交通工具，注意他們?cè)诰渲械奈恢貌煌?。同時(shí)為下節(jié)課掃除障礙。

1. Recite the new words 2. make conversations

Blackboard design

Unit4 How do you get to school?

A:How do you get to school? take the bus/train/subway/ship/

B:I ride my bike. ride a bike

A:How does he get to school? Walk/on foot

B:He walks to school.

板書設(shè)計(jì) (根據(jù)本課的重難點(diǎn))

本課以素質(zhì)教育為目的，結(jié)合教材重點(diǎn)、難點(diǎn)及英語(yǔ)學(xué)科特點(diǎn)，利用任務(wù)型教學(xué)，從聽(tīng)、說(shuō)、讀、寫等方面使學(xué)生得到鍛煉，在愉快、輕松的氛圍中溫故而知新，達(dá)到初步運(yùn)用英語(yǔ)交際的能力。

希望各位專家領(lǐng)導(dǎo)對(duì)本堂說(shuō)課提出寶貴意見(jiàn),謝謝!

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)說(shuō)課稿范文全英文 第3篇

大家好！

今天我將要為大家講的課題是： 沒(méi)有細(xì)胞結(jié)構(gòu)的微小生物病毒 .

一、指導(dǎo)思想

生物科學(xué)不僅是眾多事實(shí)和理論，也是一個(gè)不斷探究的過(guò)程。因此本節(jié)課的指導(dǎo)思想是：走進(jìn)新課程，運(yùn)用探究性學(xué)習(xí)，改變學(xué)生的學(xué)習(xí)方式，培養(yǎng)學(xué)生搜集和處理科學(xué)信息的能力、獲取新知的能力、以及交流與合作的能力。

二、教材分析

1、本節(jié)內(nèi)容在全書及章節(jié)的地位：《病毒》是人教版幼師教材全一冊(cè)第二部分微生物中第三章。在此之前，學(xué)生已學(xué)習(xí)了前兩章細(xì)菌、真菌等有關(guān)微生物的知識(shí)，這為過(guò)渡到本節(jié)的學(xué)習(xí)起著鋪墊作用。本節(jié)內(nèi)容與學(xué)生的生活及將來(lái)的幼教工作息息相關(guān)。因此，在教材中占據(jù)重要的地位。

2、教學(xué)重點(diǎn)

（1） 病毒的形態(tài)結(jié)構(gòu)和生命活動(dòng)的特點(diǎn)。

（2） 病毒與人類的關(guān)系。

3、教學(xué)難點(diǎn)

病毒的結(jié)構(gòu)和繁殖。

三、學(xué)情分析

本 節(jié)的教學(xué)對(duì)象為學(xué)前二年級(jí)學(xué)生。通過(guò)第一部分的學(xué)習(xí)，學(xué)生已經(jīng)掌握了生物體的基本結(jié)構(gòu)，植物的形態(tài)、結(jié)構(gòu)、生命活動(dòng)等知識(shí)；已學(xué)會(huì)初步的觀察、分析、比較 等研究生物學(xué)的方法。具備了獨(dú)立學(xué)習(xí)本節(jié)部分內(nèi)容的知識(shí)和能力基礎(chǔ)。她們對(duì)本節(jié)課涉及的有關(guān)病毒與人類關(guān)系，在生活中已有一定的感性認(rèn)識(shí)。但對(duì)病毒的形態(tài) 結(jié)構(gòu)、生命活動(dòng)的知識(shí)，難以理解。

四、教學(xué)目標(biāo)設(shè)計(jì)

1、基礎(chǔ)知識(shí)目標(biāo)：

（1） 通過(guò)學(xué)習(xí)使學(xué)生知道病毒的形態(tài)結(jié)構(gòu)特點(diǎn)。

（2） 通過(guò)學(xué)習(xí)讓學(xué)生識(shí)記病毒的生命活動(dòng)特點(diǎn)

（3） 通過(guò)學(xué)習(xí)使學(xué)生知道病毒對(duì)植物、動(dòng)物和人體的危害以及病毒在生物防治上的作用。

（4） 通過(guò)學(xué)習(xí)讓學(xué)生識(shí)記細(xì)菌病毒——噬菌體的有關(guān)知識(shí)。

2、能力訓(xùn)練目標(biāo)：

（1） 通過(guò)學(xué)習(xí)使學(xué)生初步具有進(jìn)一步獲取課本以外的生物學(xué)信息的能力。

（2） 通過(guò)學(xué)習(xí)培養(yǎng)學(xué)生的分析問(wèn)題，解決問(wèn)題的能力，以及交流與合作的能力。

3、思想情感目標(biāo)：

通過(guò)學(xué)習(xí)對(duì)學(xué)生進(jìn)行辯證唯物主義思想教育。

五、教法設(shè)計(jì)

1、直觀教學(xué)法

通過(guò)動(dòng)畫課件等直觀教學(xué)手段，創(chuàng)設(shè)生物微觀世界，激起學(xué)生的感性認(rèn)識(shí)，獲得生動(dòng)的表象，使學(xué)生能比較全面地掌握知識(shí)，比較深刻地掌握和理解教學(xué)內(nèi)容。

2、探究式教學(xué)

使學(xué)生初步學(xué)會(huì)生物科學(xué)探究的一般方法，發(fā)展學(xué)生提出問(wèn)題、作出假設(shè)、制定計(jì)劃、實(shí)施計(jì)劃、得出結(jié)論、表達(dá)和交流的科學(xué)探究能力。

六、學(xué)法指導(dǎo)

我們常說(shuō)：^v^現(xiàn)代的文盲不是不識(shí)字的人，()而是沒(méi)有掌握學(xué)習(xí)方法的人^v^,因而在教學(xué)中要特別重視學(xué)法的指導(dǎo)。

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)說(shuō)課稿范文全英文 第4篇

一、教材分析

在本節(jié)中有一個(gè)“膝跳反射”的實(shí)驗(yàn)和“測(cè)定反應(yīng)速度”的探究活動(dòng)，通過(guò)膝跳反射可引出反射的定義和反射弧的組成?！皽y(cè)定反應(yīng)速度”的探究活動(dòng)，不需要任何復(fù)雜的實(shí)驗(yàn)儀器和設(shè)備，只是需要二至三人一組，相互配合來(lái)完成，從而加深學(xué)生對(duì)基礎(chǔ)知識(shí)的理解，充滿情趣。培養(yǎng)學(xué)生的多種能力，培養(yǎng)學(xué)生樂(lè)于探索生命的奧秘，培養(yǎng)實(shí)事求是的態(tài)度，進(jìn)行情感態(tài)度，價(jià)值觀的教育。

二、教學(xué)目標(biāo)

(一)知識(shí)性目標(biāo)

本節(jié)課的內(nèi)容都是以生活事例來(lái)引出相關(guān)知識(shí)的。而且這些事例都是生活中常見(jiàn)的，學(xué)生們?nèi)菀桌斫?。本?jié)課以課標(biāo)為依據(jù)減少了一些名詞術(shù)語(yǔ)。例舉了“望梅止渴”的例子，來(lái)加深學(xué)生對(duì)知識(shí)的理解。利用這些事例來(lái)激發(fā)學(xué)生的學(xué)習(xí)興趣，由淺入深的將知識(shí)由感性上升到理性認(rèn)識(shí)，符合認(rèn)知規(guī)律。我旨在通過(guò)學(xué)習(xí)讓學(xué)生掌握以下幾個(gè)方面：

1、描述出人體神經(jīng)調(diào)節(jié)的基本方式。

2、能夠舉例說(shuō)出簡(jiǎn)單的反射和復(fù)雜的反射。

3、簡(jiǎn)單說(shuō)出反射弧的構(gòu)成。

(二)技能性目標(biāo)：本節(jié)課推出了一個(gè)實(shí)驗(yàn)和一個(gè)探究活動(dòng)，這更加豐富了課堂內(nèi)容。通過(guò)活動(dòng)，學(xué)生不僅能夠鞏固所學(xué)的基礎(chǔ)知識(shí)，還能加強(qiáng)多種能力的培養(yǎng)。寓教于樂(lè)，讓學(xué)生在動(dòng)手操作，動(dòng)腦思考中來(lái)理解知識(shí)，更體現(xiàn)了素質(zhì)教育。因此，確定能力目標(biāo)如下：

1、模仿教師的演示，學(xué)習(xí)膝跳反射實(shí)驗(yàn)的方法。

2、體驗(yàn)科學(xué)探究活動(dòng)。

3、通過(guò)小組學(xué)習(xí)，來(lái)逐步培養(yǎng)學(xué)生團(tuán)結(jié)協(xié)作，歸納整理及表達(dá)交流的能力。

(三)情感、態(tài)度、價(jià)值觀

由于我校教學(xué)條件有限，通過(guò)學(xué)習(xí)、做實(shí)驗(yàn)和參與探究活動(dòng)，在情感、態(tài)度、價(jià)值觀方面確定以下幾點(diǎn)：

1、培養(yǎng)學(xué)生實(shí)事求是的科學(xué)態(tài)度。

2、激發(fā)學(xué)生樂(lè)于探索生命奧秘的興趣。

教學(xué)重點(diǎn)：描述出人體神經(jīng)調(diào)節(jié)的基本方式。

教學(xué)難點(diǎn)：識(shí)別簡(jiǎn)單的反射和復(fù)雜的反射。

教材教法：教師采用學(xué)導(dǎo)式教學(xué)方法，學(xué)生進(jìn)行自主性的探究學(xué)習(xí)。

三、教學(xué)預(yù)設(shè)

結(jié)合實(shí)際情況，根據(jù)教材內(nèi)容的容量和參考書的要求，我將本課課時(shí)預(yù)定為2課時(shí)。現(xiàn)將第一課時(shí)的教學(xué)過(guò)程和活動(dòng)預(yù)設(shè)如下：

(一)創(chuàng)設(shè)情境，激發(fā)學(xué)習(xí)興趣

興趣是最好的老師，讓學(xué)生參與到教學(xué)活動(dòng)中，親身經(jīng)歷，親身感受，緊扣人與環(huán)境相互關(guān)系的主題。

以小實(shí)驗(yàn)活動(dòng)進(jìn)入新課。

在講解新課之前讓學(xué)生配合教師完成一個(gè)小實(shí)驗(yàn)：一名學(xué)生被蒙住眼睛，教師用一個(gè)牙簽刺其手指，其他學(xué)生觀察該學(xué)生做出的反應(yīng)。只是該名學(xué)生感受到了，為了讓其他學(xué)生也親身經(jīng)歷、親自去感受，我又讓學(xué)生之間相互配合去完成一個(gè)小活動(dòng)——打手板：甲學(xué)生去打乙學(xué)生的手掌，乙學(xué)生迅速躲避。每位學(xué)生進(jìn)行十次，看看誰(shuí)被打到的次數(shù)是最少的。

學(xué)生做完小活動(dòng)之后，給學(xué)生設(shè)立一個(gè)問(wèn)題：這兩個(gè)活動(dòng)是在人體什么系統(tǒng)的調(diào)節(jié)下完成的呢?學(xué)生回答后，教師又繼續(xù)設(shè)疑：該系統(tǒng)是通過(guò)什么方式來(lái)調(diào)節(jié)的呢?這節(jié)課我們就來(lái)探究這方面的問(wèn)題。利用計(jì)算機(jī)展示出本課的課題“神經(jīng)調(diào)節(jié)的基本方式——反射”，很自然的引出新課。

由親身感受實(shí)驗(yàn)和對(duì)事例的分析，總結(jié)出反射的概念。 師說(shuō)“面對(duì)課題學(xué)生可能會(huì)產(chǎn)生疑問(wèn)：反射!什么是反射呀?先不急于知道，我們?cè)賮?lái)做一個(gè)小實(shí)驗(yàn)。該實(shí)驗(yàn)是醫(yī)學(xué)上常用來(lái)了解人體神經(jīng)系統(tǒng)對(duì)外界刺激發(fā)生反應(yīng)的情況的，這就是——膝跳反射”教師用計(jì)算機(jī)展示出“膝跳反射”的實(shí)驗(yàn)要求、步驟及注意事項(xiàng)，并請(qǐng)一位學(xué)生配合教師進(jìn)行演示。由兩名學(xué)生組合成一個(gè)小組去進(jìn)行該實(shí)驗(yàn)。實(shí)驗(yàn)后請(qǐng)學(xué)生分別來(lái)談?wù)劯惺?，并繼續(xù)又舉出排尿反射和課上的縮手反射，請(qǐng)學(xué)生們以前后兩人為一個(gè)討論小組進(jìn)行分析：這幾個(gè)活動(dòng)都稱之為“反射”，那么反射是由人體的哪個(gè)系統(tǒng)在什么條件下產(chǎn)生的具有什么特點(diǎn)的反應(yīng)活動(dòng)呢?在教師的引導(dǎo)下學(xué)生嘗試著自己來(lái)總結(jié)、歸納出反射的定義，最后由教師用計(jì)算機(jī)展示出反射的定義，這樣使得學(xué)生對(duì)所獲得的知識(shí)印象深刻。

(二)融會(huì)貫通，用所學(xué)知識(shí)解釋一些日常生活事例，突破重難點(diǎn)。

本著《課程標(biāo)準(zhǔn)》中的倡導(dǎo)探究性學(xué)習(xí)，力圖改變學(xué)生的學(xué)習(xí)方式的理念，讓學(xué)生能夠通過(guò)自學(xué)或合作學(xué)習(xí)總結(jié)歸納出相應(yīng)的知識(shí)點(diǎn)，并且能夠?qū)W以致用。如果學(xué)到了一些知識(shí)，而不能將它運(yùn)用到生產(chǎn)生活中去解決實(shí)際問(wèn)題，我想這應(yīng)該是教育的一個(gè)遺憾。通過(guò)學(xué)習(xí)可以逐步培養(yǎng)學(xué)生團(tuán)結(jié)協(xié)作、整理歸納的能力。

運(yùn)用反射的概念來(lái)解釋一些人的活動(dòng)，從而說(shuō)出反射是人體神經(jīng)調(diào)節(jié)的基本方式，從而解決教學(xué)重點(diǎn)。

“既然我們現(xiàn)在知道了反射的定義，那么誰(shuí)還能舉出其它反射的例子呢?并說(shuō)明為什么這些事例是屬于反射活動(dòng)?”學(xué)生討論并回答。這樣不但是學(xué)以致用，而且還逐步培養(yǎng)了學(xué)生的分析能力。

分析事例，找出本質(zhì)上的區(qū)別，識(shí)別出哪些是簡(jiǎn)單的反射，哪些是復(fù)雜的反射，從而解決教學(xué)難點(diǎn)。

“對(duì)方才大家所舉出的例子，我們來(lái)分析以下，看哪些是人類生來(lái)就會(huì)的、比較簡(jiǎn)單的反射活動(dòng)呢?哪些又是人類經(jīng)過(guò)長(zhǎng)期的生活經(jīng)驗(yàn)積累起來(lái)形成的比較復(fù)雜的反射呢?”教師和學(xué)生一同進(jìn)行分析，促使學(xué)生又能舉出其它反射的例子。

(三)學(xué)科整合、寓教于樂(lè)，增加學(xué)生對(duì)所學(xué)知識(shí)的理解。

擴(kuò)大學(xué)生的知識(shí)面，體現(xiàn)學(xué)科整合的教育機(jī)制，使活躍的課堂氣氛活躍起來(lái)，將感性認(rèn)識(shí)上升到理性認(rèn)識(shí)，加深對(duì)知識(shí)的理解

“我們?cè)谇懊嫠e出的例子都是人類的一些反射的例子，那么動(dòng)物是否也具有反射活動(dòng)呢?請(qǐng)舉例說(shuō)明!”學(xué)生舉例后，教師設(shè)問(wèn)“人和動(dòng)物都具有反射活動(dòng)，哪些反射活動(dòng)是人類所特有的呢?”進(jìn)而引出“與語(yǔ)言文字相關(guān)的反射”是人類所特有的這一知識(shí)點(diǎn)，對(duì)于該知識(shí)點(diǎn)除了教材中的“望梅止渴”的成語(yǔ)典故，教師又用計(jì)算機(jī)展示出“畫餅充饑”和“杯弓蛇影”成語(yǔ)典故的例子，讓學(xué)生來(lái)進(jìn)行翻譯和分析。又加進(jìn)了“聽(tīng)口令，做相反動(dòng)作”的小游戲。

(四)以問(wèn)題的形式，為下一課留下伏筆，設(shè)置鋪墊。

“方才我們?cè)谧雎?tīng)口令的游戲的時(shí)候，，有的同學(xué)做的快一些，有的同學(xué)慢一些，有的做得正確，有的做得有些失誤，你們是怎樣看待這種現(xiàn)象呢?”學(xué)生發(fā)表各自的看法后，教師“有的同學(xué)說(shuō)到反應(yīng)速度的問(wèn)題了，那么我們就來(lái)做一個(gè)測(cè)定反應(yīng)速度的探究活動(dòng)。大家在課下閱讀104頁(yè)的探究活動(dòng)方案，復(fù)習(xí)一下探究活動(dòng)的一般過(guò)程是什么?你能否將書中的提出問(wèn)題和做出假設(shè)這一部分填完整，形成一個(gè)完整的探究實(shí)驗(yàn)計(jì)劃呢?如果有的同學(xué)認(rèn)為你的小組還有其它較好可行的方法也能“測(cè)定反應(yīng)速度”的快慢，請(qǐng)你寫出你的探究計(jì)劃，在下一節(jié)課我們進(jìn)行交流后并去實(shí)施?！?/p>

(五)表達(dá)交流，暢談心得

“在本節(jié)課中我們做了許多活動(dòng)，通過(guò)學(xué)習(xí)你們有什么收獲和體會(huì)呢?”學(xué)生發(fā)表各自的看法。

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)說(shuō)課稿范文全英文 第5篇

一、說(shuō)教材

本課是人教版初中生物八年級(jí)上冊(cè)第五單元第一章第六節(jié)的內(nèi)容。在此之前學(xué)生已經(jīng)掌握了動(dòng)物的結(jié)構(gòu)與功能是相適應(yīng)的。本節(jié)將繼續(xù)探究鳥是如何與飛行生活相適應(yīng)的，主要是通過(guò)對(duì)鳥的形態(tài)結(jié)構(gòu)、生理、行為等的觀察與探究，概括出鳥類適于飛行的特點(diǎn)。通過(guò)了解鳥與人類的關(guān)系，增進(jìn)學(xué)生保護(hù)生物多樣性的情感。

二、說(shuō)學(xué)情

鳥類在日常的生活中經(jīng)常容易看到。學(xué)生對(duì)鳥的相關(guān)經(jīng)驗(yàn)比較豐富，但歸納總結(jié)還不夠。八年級(jí)的學(xué)生有了一定的觀察分析和探究的能力，但能力尚且不足，不能獨(dú)立完成，需要老師的指導(dǎo)和幫助。因此，對(duì)于本節(jié)的兩個(gè)活動(dòng)，教師需要充分調(diào)動(dòng)學(xué)生的主觀能動(dòng)性，參與到觀察、探究來(lái)。

三、說(shuō)教學(xué)目標(biāo)

1、概述鳥的主要特征。

2、通過(guò)“觀察與思考”活動(dòng)，確立鳥的身體結(jié)構(gòu)與功能相統(tǒng)一、鳥與環(huán)境相適應(yīng)的觀點(diǎn)。

3、關(guān)注鳥在生物圈中的作用，形成愛(ài)鳥護(hù)鳥的情感。

四、說(shuō)教學(xué)重難點(diǎn)

課標(biāo)要求能夠概述脊椎動(dòng)物的主要特征，在《鳥》的這一節(jié)中，此處就是在完成此要求。同樣也是學(xué)生應(yīng)該掌握的重要概念。通過(guò)掌握鳥的特征，可以為生物進(jìn)行正確分類。所以設(shè)置為教學(xué)重點(diǎn)，了解鳥的多樣性本身不是難點(diǎn)，難點(diǎn)在于學(xué)生要從“觀察與思考”活動(dòng)中得出鳥的身體構(gòu)造是與其生活方式和生活環(huán)境相適應(yīng)的。建立認(rèn)識(shí)的過(guò)程是非常困難的，所以，此處為難點(diǎn)。

五、說(shuō)教法學(xué)法

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)說(shuō)課稿范文全英文 第6篇

一、教材分析

(一)教材的地位及作用

1、新目標(biāo)英語(yǔ)教材概述

《新目標(biāo)英語(yǔ)》教材的語(yǔ)言教育理念是：知識(shí)用于行動(dòng)強(qiáng)調(diào)“語(yǔ)言應(yīng)用”，培養(yǎng)“創(chuàng)新、實(shí)踐能力”，發(fā)展“學(xué)習(xí)策略”。它采用任務(wù)型語(yǔ)言教學(xué)(task-based language teaching)模式。教材中每單元都設(shè)計(jì)一個(gè)或幾個(gè)與該單元話題有關(guān)的任務(wù)，讓學(xué)生在完成任務(wù)的過(guò)程中，使用英語(yǔ)獲取信息，用英語(yǔ)進(jìn)行交流，培養(yǎng)運(yùn)用英語(yǔ)解決實(shí)際問(wèn)題的能力?！缎履繕?biāo)英語(yǔ)》有以下幾個(gè)特色:

(1)圖文并茂。翻開(kāi)課本，你都能夠在每一頁(yè)上看到一幅副充滿情趣，幽默生動(dòng)的畫面，令你眼睛一亮。

(2)實(shí)用性強(qiáng)。每個(gè)單元的選材都來(lái)源于學(xué)生的學(xué)習(xí)和生活，與學(xué)生的年齡特征、認(rèn)知結(jié)構(gòu)、生活經(jīng)驗(yàn)密切聯(lián)系。

(3)注重交際。針對(duì)中國(guó)學(xué)生學(xué)英語(yǔ)普遍存在的“聾啞病”，教材設(shè)計(jì)了大量的聽(tīng)說(shuō)讀寫材料。

(4)詞匯量大。第一冊(cè)有詞匯700個(gè)左右，第二冊(cè)約450個(gè)，第三冊(cè)約450個(gè)，第四冊(cè)約400個(gè)，第五冊(cè)約500個(gè)，合計(jì)2500個(gè)。這一點(diǎn)正好達(dá)到《英語(yǔ)課程標(biāo)準(zhǔn)》5級(jí)的要求。

2、單元分析及教材處理

本課是新目標(biāo)英語(yǔ)八年級(jí)上冊(cè)第8單元，教材以how was your school trip ?為中心話題，圍繞著描述“過(guò)去發(fā)生的事情”展開(kāi)，學(xué)習(xí)和運(yùn)用一般過(guò)去時(shí)態(tài)的一般疑問(wèn)句did you go/see /buy…? were there any…?詢問(wèn)過(guò)去的事件，讓學(xué)生學(xué)會(huì)談?wù)摵头窒磉^(guò)去發(fā)生的事件。本課教學(xué)內(nèi)容與學(xué)生的實(shí)際生活密切相關(guān)，易于引發(fā)學(xué)生運(yùn)用簡(jiǎn)單的英語(yǔ)進(jìn)行交際和交流。在學(xué)習(xí)活動(dòng)中，學(xué)生通過(guò)交換對(duì)過(guò)去發(fā)生的事情的描述及看法，促進(jìn)學(xué)生之間和師生之間的情感交流，增進(jìn)情誼。section a的主要學(xué)習(xí)內(nèi)容是：復(fù)習(xí)一般過(guò)去時(shí)態(tài)和動(dòng)詞的規(guī)則與不規(guī)則變化，學(xué)習(xí)一般過(guò)去時(shí)態(tài)的兩種一般疑問(wèn)句: did you…? were there any …?教材安排了許多聽(tīng)，說(shuō)，讀，寫的任務(wù)活動(dòng)，我將靈活運(yùn)用這些活動(dòng)，將其中的一些活動(dòng)進(jìn)行變化或整合，如：1c,2c和3c的pairwork活動(dòng)內(nèi)容相似，我將把2c和3c整合成一個(gè)interview(采訪)的任務(wù)活動(dòng)。

(二)教學(xué)目標(biāo)

根據(jù)《英語(yǔ)課程標(biāo)準(zhǔn)》關(guān)于總目標(biāo)的具體描述，結(jié)合第八單元的教材內(nèi)容，我按語(yǔ)言知識(shí)、語(yǔ)言技能、學(xué)習(xí)策略、情感態(tài)度、文化意識(shí)五個(gè)方面將本單元的教學(xué)目標(biāo)細(xì)化：

1、知識(shí)目標(biāo)：?jiǎn)卧~：學(xué)習(xí)掌握詞匯aquarium, science center, gift shop, seal, shark, octopus, autograph, won,ate,等。

功能：描述過(guò)去發(fā)生的事情

語(yǔ)言結(jié)構(gòu)：規(guī)則動(dòng)詞和不規(guī)則動(dòng)詞的一般過(guò)去式

一般過(guò)去時(shí)的一般疑問(wèn)句

句型：did you go to the zoo? yes, i did. no, i didn’t. i went to the aquarium.

were there any seals? yes, there were. no, there weren’t any sharks.

i saw some sharps/ i went to the aquarium.

2、語(yǔ)言技能：聽(tīng)：能識(shí)別不同句式的語(yǔ)調(diào)，并能根據(jù)語(yǔ)調(diào)變化，判斷句子意義的變化;能聽(tīng)懂本課學(xué)習(xí)活動(dòng)中的問(wèn)題，做出較得體的回答。

說(shuō)：能在本課的任務(wù)型活動(dòng)如：游戲、調(diào)查、故事接龍等中進(jìn)行簡(jiǎn)單有交流。

讀：能正確朗讀本單元對(duì)話和句型;能查閱工具書為完成任務(wù)做準(zhǔn)備。

寫：能寫出本節(jié)課學(xué)習(xí)的單詞和句型，能運(yùn)用簡(jiǎn)單的句子寫出過(guò)去的活動(dòng)和感受。

3、學(xué)習(xí)策略：抓住用英語(yǔ)交際的機(jī)會(huì)，在交際中把注意力集中在意思的表達(dá)上，必要時(shí)借助手勢(shì)和表情。主動(dòng)參與學(xué)習(xí)活動(dòng)，善于和他人合作。

4、情感目標(biāo)：通過(guò)描述過(guò)去所做的事，表達(dá)自己的看法，使學(xué)生在人際交往中學(xué)會(huì)尊重和理解別人，學(xué)會(huì)交換不同的看法，了解他人的喜好，增進(jìn)情誼。

5、文化意識(shí)：用恰當(dāng)?shù)姆绞奖磉_(dá)贊揚(yáng)或自己的觀點(diǎn);了解英、美國(guó)家中小學(xué)生的業(yè)余生活，培養(yǎng)世界意識(shí)。

(三)教學(xué)重點(diǎn)及難點(diǎn)

1.復(fù)習(xí)詞匯museum, beach, zoo, dolphin, pizza, ice cream, friend, movie, went, saw, were, played, read, visited, cleaned等句型:how was your weekend? it was great. where did you go on your vacation? i went to the beach.

2.學(xué)習(xí)詞匯aquarium, science center, gift shop, seal, shark, octopus, autograph, win

3.學(xué)習(xí)句型did you go to the zoo? yes, i did. no, i didn’twere there any seals? yes, there were. no, there weren’ti saw some sharps/ i went to the else did you do?

①一般過(guò)去時(shí)的規(guī)則動(dòng)詞和不規(guī)則動(dòng)詞。

②一般過(guò)去時(shí)的肯定句和否定句。

③did you, were there引導(dǎo)的一般疑問(wèn)句。

二、學(xué)情分析

1.初中學(xué)生的抽象思維能力較低，形象思維能力強(qiáng)，但注意力容易分散。本課擬以故事、小品、漫畫或動(dòng)畫等形式展示，并配以豐富的色彩，從而增強(qiáng)學(xué)生的興趣和注意力。根據(jù)教育心理學(xué),如果學(xué)生對(duì)于一件事物有極大的興趣,他們就會(huì)排除主觀和客觀的種.種消極因素,盡量全身心地投入到知識(shí)的學(xué)習(xí)中去。

2.初中生的學(xué)習(xí)心理特點(diǎn)：(1)興趣：對(duì)英語(yǔ)普遍感興趣，但有很大的不穩(wěn)定性，好奇心強(qiáng)，求知欲旺盛，已不滿足教師對(duì)課文的'簡(jiǎn)單重復(fù)。(2)記憶：對(duì)刺激記憶手段多的知識(shí)記憶深刻，遵從記憶規(guī)律。(3)思維：偏重于形象思維，對(duì)片面,零碎的材料尚缺乏一定的概括分析能力。(4)評(píng)價(jià)：主要通過(guò)他人評(píng)價(jià)初步形成對(duì)自己的評(píng)價(jià)，所以很在乎他人的評(píng)價(jià);自我認(rèn)識(shí)較模糊、片面，但自我意識(shí)卻不斷增強(qiáng)。因此，在本課教學(xué)過(guò)程中，在注重啟發(fā)引導(dǎo)，培養(yǎng)學(xué)生分析、概括能力的同時(shí)，更要注重教學(xué)方法的靈活性，通過(guò)任務(wù)型教學(xué)法，情景交際法，全身反應(yīng)教學(xué)法等，激發(fā)學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)的興趣，讓學(xué)生樂(lè)于接受，易于接受。

3.初二上期的學(xué)生經(jīng)過(guò)一年多的學(xué)習(xí)，有了一定的英語(yǔ)基礎(chǔ)知識(shí)和聽(tīng)說(shuō)能力，正逐漸向讀、寫過(guò)渡，同時(shí)，學(xué)生們對(duì)英語(yǔ)學(xué)習(xí)還保持著較濃厚的興趣。經(jīng)過(guò)一年的新課程理念的熏陶及實(shí)踐，有了初步的自主、合作、探究、實(shí)驗(yàn)的能力。

4.本單元學(xué)情剖析：本單元的主題是談?wù)撨^(guò)去的事情，可以采用活動(dòng)教學(xué)法和role playing的學(xué)習(xí)策略，學(xué)習(xí)新詞匯，掌握重點(diǎn)句型，同時(shí)能比較好地運(yùn)用到實(shí)踐中，解決類似問(wèn)題。做到既能鞏固所學(xué)知識(shí)，又能提高解決問(wèn)題的能力以及綜合運(yùn)用語(yǔ)言能力。

三、教法滲透

1、教學(xué)設(shè)計(jì)思路與教材處理：

《新目標(biāo)英語(yǔ)》中的具體語(yǔ)言目標(biāo)是通過(guò)各種各樣的tasks來(lái)實(shí)現(xiàn)的;學(xué)生需要運(yùn)用具體而特定的行動(dòng)來(lái)完成一定的交際任務(wù)。整個(gè)教學(xué)過(guò)程中，各種語(yǔ)言結(jié)構(gòu)與語(yǔ)言功能與不同的學(xué)習(xí)任務(wù)有機(jī)的結(jié)合。任務(wù)活動(dòng)所謀求的效果不是一種機(jī)械的語(yǔ)言訓(xùn)練，而是側(cè)重在執(zhí)行任務(wù)中學(xué)生自我完成任務(wù)的能力和策略的培養(yǎng);重視形式在完成任務(wù)過(guò)程中的參與和在交流活動(dòng)中所獲得的經(jīng)驗(yàn)。因此本節(jié)課我將始終引導(dǎo)學(xué)生通過(guò)完成具體的任務(wù)活動(dòng)來(lái)學(xué)習(xí)語(yǔ)言，讓學(xué)生為了特定的學(xué)習(xí)目的去實(shí)施特定的語(yǔ)言行動(dòng)，通過(guò)完成特定的交際任務(wù)來(lái)獲得和積累相應(yīng)的學(xué)習(xí)經(jīng)驗(yàn)，讓學(xué)生在用中學(xué)，在學(xué)中用(learning by using, learning for using)。

2、教學(xué)原則

活動(dòng)性原則提倡學(xué)生主動(dòng)參與，體驗(yàn)，交流，合作，探究等多種學(xué)習(xí)。

合作性原則以學(xué)生為主體，師生合作，生生合作，體現(xiàn)教與學(xué)的互動(dòng)，交往。

任務(wù)型原則任務(wù)驅(qū)動(dòng)—激發(fā)動(dòng)機(jī);任務(wù)完成—激勵(lì)學(xué)習(xí)積極性;執(zhí)行任務(wù)—培養(yǎng)責(zé)任心和合作精神。

情感性原則激發(fā)學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)英語(yǔ)的興趣和始終保持良好的學(xué)習(xí)情緒。

3、教法運(yùn)用：

本課主要運(yùn)用“任務(wù)型教學(xué)法”，并輔助于tpr全身反應(yīng)教學(xué)法、情景交際教學(xué)法和猜謎活動(dòng)。

①任務(wù)型語(yǔ)言教學(xué)法

任務(wù)型的教學(xué)活動(dòng)，是讓學(xué)習(xí)者通過(guò)運(yùn)用語(yǔ)言來(lái)完成各種各樣的交際活動(dòng)。學(xué)習(xí)者通過(guò)表達(dá)、溝通、交涉、解釋、詢問(wèn)等各種語(yǔ)言活動(dòng)形式來(lái)學(xué)習(xí)和掌握語(yǔ)言。它應(yīng)具備以下特點(diǎn)：(1)以任務(wù)為中心，而不是以操練語(yǔ)言形式為目的。(2)任務(wù)的設(shè)計(jì)焦點(diǎn)應(yīng)該是解決某一具體的貼近學(xué)生生活的交際問(wèn)題。在任務(wù)型語(yǔ)言教學(xué)中，教師要從學(xué)生“學(xué)”的角度來(lái)設(shè)計(jì)教學(xué)活動(dòng)，使學(xué)生的學(xué)習(xí)活動(dòng)具有明確的目標(biāo)，并構(gòu)成一個(gè)有梯度的連續(xù)活動(dòng)。在教師精心設(shè)計(jì)的各種“任務(wù)”中，學(xué)生能夠不斷地獲得知識(shí)或得出結(jié)論，從注重語(yǔ)言本身轉(zhuǎn)變?yōu)樽⒅卣Z(yǔ)言習(xí)得。從而獲得語(yǔ)言運(yùn)用的能力而不是僅僅掌握現(xiàn)成的語(yǔ)言知識(shí)點(diǎn)。隨著“任務(wù)”的不斷深化，整個(gè)語(yǔ)言學(xué)習(xí)的過(guò)程會(huì)越來(lái)越自動(dòng)化和自主化。

在本課的任務(wù)型語(yǔ)言教學(xué)中，我將依據(jù)課程的總體目標(biāo)并結(jié)合教學(xué)內(nèi)容，創(chuàng)造性地設(shè)計(jì)貼近學(xué)生生活實(shí)際的任務(wù)活動(dòng)，吸引和組織他們積極參與，使學(xué)生通過(guò)觀察、思考、討論、交流和合作等方式，在一種自然、真實(shí)或模擬真實(shí)的情境中體會(huì)語(yǔ)言、掌握語(yǔ)言的應(yīng)用。

②全身反應(yīng)教學(xué)法

全身反應(yīng)教學(xué)法(total physical response，縮寫為tpr)是加州心理學(xué)家james j. asher(詹姆士j.艾謝，1988)提出來(lái)的，注重語(yǔ)言學(xué)習(xí)中的互動(dòng)模式，認(rèn)為學(xué)生在一個(gè)較放松的環(huán)境中學(xué)習(xí)效果。緊張、焦慮的情緒對(duì)學(xué)習(xí)英語(yǔ)不利。在課堂教學(xué)的具體實(shí)踐中，讓學(xué)生根據(jù)教師發(fā)出的指令做動(dòng)作，或模仿聲音。孩子不必用語(yǔ)言做出反應(yīng)，以聽(tīng)力訓(xùn)練為主，待聽(tīng)力和理解能力得到提高后，方進(jìn)入說(shuō)話訓(xùn)練，是自然而然的學(xué)會(huì)語(yǔ)言的方法。

③情景交際法

課堂教學(xué)以情景交際教學(xué)法為主，盡量給學(xué)生以足夠的聽(tīng)、說(shuō)、讀的機(jī)會(huì)，聯(lián)系課文實(shí)際，創(chuàng)設(shè)情景，引入討論主題，在交際中學(xué)英語(yǔ)。情景的設(shè)計(jì)注意銜接的自然性，主題的設(shè)計(jì)強(qiáng)調(diào)知識(shí)的漸進(jìn)性和討論的可行性，并注意情感體驗(yàn)和概括、推理思維的培養(yǎng)。

4、教學(xué)手段

多媒體輔助：用flash軟件將本課所需要的動(dòng)畫、錄音、圖片、文字、圖表和音樂(lè)制成cai軟件，使抽象的語(yǔ)言變得直觀，為學(xué)生運(yùn)用英語(yǔ)進(jìn)行交際創(chuàng)設(shè)情景，實(shí)現(xiàn)師生互動(dòng)，生生互動(dòng)和人機(jī)互動(dòng)的多向交流。

非測(cè)試性評(píng)價(jià)：傳統(tǒng)的評(píng)價(jià)觀念的出發(fā)點(diǎn)是學(xué)科本位，只重學(xué)科，不重學(xué)生發(fā)展。要體現(xiàn)新課程標(biāo)準(zhǔn)的實(shí)施效果，評(píng)價(jià)體系應(yīng)該“正確反映外語(yǔ)學(xué)習(xí)的本質(zhì)和過(guò)程，滿足學(xué)生發(fā)展的需要”。為了達(dá)到這一目標(biāo)，唯有重視形成性評(píng)價(jià)，充分發(fā)揮其積極作用，促進(jìn)新的評(píng)價(jià)體系的形成。因此，本課我將各種活動(dòng)設(shè)計(jì)成小組活動(dòng)并開(kāi)展小組競(jìng)賽和填寫課堂自我評(píng)價(jià)表等非測(cè)試性評(píng)價(jià)手段，幫助學(xué)生學(xué)會(huì)自主學(xué)習(xí)，學(xué)會(huì)與人合作，培養(yǎng)創(chuàng)新意識(shí)以及具備科學(xué)的價(jià)值觀。

四、學(xué)法指導(dǎo)

新制定的《英語(yǔ)課程標(biāo)準(zhǔn)》把“培養(yǎng)學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)英語(yǔ)的興趣，樹(shù)立自信心，培養(yǎng)良好學(xué)習(xí)習(xí)慣和形成有效策略，發(fā)展自主學(xué)習(xí)和合作精神”放在了首位。依據(jù)課改的精神，我從以下幾個(gè)方面對(duì)學(xué)生進(jìn)行學(xué)法指導(dǎo)。

1、學(xué)習(xí)方法的指導(dǎo)

培養(yǎng)學(xué)生觀察力，想象力，記憶力以及思維能力。用生動(dòng)的課件調(diào)動(dòng)學(xué)生的感官進(jìn)行聽(tīng)說(shuō)讀寫的訓(xùn)練。

2、學(xué)習(xí)積極性的調(diào)動(dòng)

我在教學(xué)過(guò)程中創(chuàng)造一種開(kāi)放的，和諧的，積極互動(dòng)的語(yǔ)言氛圍，把課堂變成有聲有色的舞臺(tái)，讓學(xué)生在樂(lè)中學(xué)。

3、學(xué)習(xí)能力的培養(yǎng)

通過(guò)連貫的聽(tīng)說(shuō)讀寫，游戲，競(jìng)賽等，培養(yǎng)學(xué)生的交際能力，發(fā)展他們的思維能力。

4、學(xué)習(xí)策略的指導(dǎo)

本節(jié)課將在課堂活動(dòng)中把學(xué)生分成四人小組的學(xué)習(xí)小組，讓他們圍繞著課堂任務(wù)分工合作，在活動(dòng)中相互探討、相互交流、相互合作，從而獲得知識(shí)、技能和情感體驗(yàn)，發(fā)展他們的能力。創(chuàng)建開(kāi)放式，探究式的課堂，有意識(shí)滲透學(xué)習(xí)策略的訓(xùn)練。我讓學(xué)生觀察課件畫面，回答問(wèn)題，讓學(xué)生學(xué)會(huì)使用認(rèn)知策略;讓學(xué)生表演對(duì)話，實(shí)現(xiàn)交際策略;引導(dǎo)學(xué)生交際，主動(dòng)練習(xí)和實(shí)踐，是調(diào)控策略的體現(xiàn)。充分利用多媒體，錄音，卡片等是資源策略。

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)說(shuō)課稿范文全英文 第7篇

一、說(shuō)教學(xué)內(nèi)容分析：

本節(jié)內(nèi)容包括：植物系統(tǒng)進(jìn)化樹(shù)，藻類植物、苔蘚植物、蕨類植物和種子植物的形態(tài)、結(jié)構(gòu)特征、生活方式以及他們對(duì)生物圈中的作用和與人類的關(guān)系。通過(guò)^v^植物系統(tǒng)進(jìn)化樹(shù)^v^,^v^觀察比較不同的植物^v^的活動(dòng)，引導(dǎo)學(xué)生初識(shí)不同的植物類群。

二、說(shuō)教學(xué)目標(biāo)：

1、知識(shí)與能力：

初步認(rèn)識(shí)植物系統(tǒng)進(jìn)化樹(shù)，了解不同植物類型之間的親緣關(guān)系，通過(guò)^v^觀察比較不同的植物^v^的活動(dòng)，以及對(duì)植物類群的各種學(xué)習(xí)活動(dòng)，認(rèn)識(shí)不同的植物類群的形態(tài)、結(jié)構(gòu)特征、生活方式，與人類的關(guān)系，并通過(guò)對(duì)不同植物類群的比較，進(jìn)一步理解植物進(jìn)化樹(shù)。

通過(guò)^v^觀察比較不同的植物^v^的活動(dòng)，提高觀察能力、比較分析能力；通過(guò)對(duì)不同植物類群的學(xué)習(xí)，增強(qiáng)分析問(wèn)題及語(yǔ)言表達(dá)的能力。

2、過(guò)程與方法

實(shí)驗(yàn)觀察、比較、討論和講述藻類、苔蘚、蕨類和種子植物。

3、情感、態(tài)度與價(jià)值觀

體會(huì)植物種類的多樣性，強(qiáng)化生物進(jìn)化的觀點(diǎn)，增強(qiáng)生物科學(xué)價(jià)值觀，培養(yǎng)學(xué)生關(guān)注和保護(hù)生物圈中多種多樣的綠色植物情感。

三、說(shuō)學(xué)習(xí)者特征分析：

本校地處偏遠(yuǎn)農(nóng)村，該校生都是來(lái)自大山的孩子，對(duì)常見(jiàn)的植物即陌生又熟悉，說(shuō)熟悉是他們?cè)谌粘Ｉ钪信c常見(jiàn)的植物有密切接觸，有深刻的感性認(rèn)識(shí)；說(shuō)陌生是因?yàn)樗麄內(nèi)狈ο鄳?yīng)的理論知識(shí)，學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)興趣高，通過(guò)實(shí)踐和理論相結(jié)合幫助他們認(rèn)識(shí)植物系統(tǒng)進(jìn)化樹(shù)和掌握藻類植物、苔蘚植物、蕨類植物的特征及與人類生活的關(guān)系。從學(xué)生的認(rèn)知規(guī)律來(lái)看，八年級(jí)學(xué)生已開(kāi)始從具體思維向抽象思維的過(guò)渡，喜歡接受新鮮事物，有一定的生物學(xué)經(jīng)驗(yàn)基礎(chǔ)。

四、說(shuō)教學(xué)策略選擇與設(shè)計(jì)：

根據(jù)以上分析，我設(shè)計(jì)為2課時(shí)，此節(jié)為第一課時(shí)，本節(jié)課應(yīng)從學(xué)生的主體性出發(fā)，創(chuàng)造充分機(jī)會(huì)讓學(xué)生擁有成功的喜悅，在和諧的氛圍中完成教學(xué)任務(wù)，讓學(xué)生主動(dòng)學(xué)習(xí)，學(xué)有所獲，從內(nèi)心深處產(chǎn)生保護(hù)環(huán)境，人與自然和諧發(fā)展的欲望。對(duì)此我做了大量的課前準(zhǔn)備工作，提前一周通知學(xué)生利用周末采集樣本，同時(shí)，還利用學(xué)生中午休息時(shí)間，帶領(lǐng)大隊(duì)長(zhǎng)一個(gè)班12人上后山采集樣本，回到學(xué)校后，由大隊(duì)長(zhǎng)隨意分配樣本到各位小組中。這樣，學(xué)生課前對(duì)學(xué)習(xí)的內(nèi)容就有了充分的心理準(zhǔn)備。課中：

一、通過(guò)以上創(chuàng)設(shè)的情景，引入新課

二、通過(guò)^v^觀察比較不同的植物^v^的活動(dòng)，以及對(duì)植物類群的各種學(xué)習(xí)活動(dòng)，認(rèn)識(shí)不同的植物類群的形態(tài)、結(jié)構(gòu)特征、生活方式，與人類的關(guān)系，進(jìn)一步理解植物進(jìn)化樹(shù)

三、通過(guò)對(duì)不同植物類群的比較，認(rèn)識(shí)藻類植物、苔蘚植物、蕨類植物的特征及與人類生活的關(guān)系。

五、說(shuō)教學(xué)準(zhǔn)備：

1、準(zhǔn)備植物系統(tǒng)進(jìn)化樹(shù)圖片，學(xué)生采集藻類、苔蘚、蕨類和種子植物的實(shí)物、標(biāo)本、掛圖。

2、實(shí)物材料及用具：學(xué)生采集新鮮的水綿，葫蘆蘚、墻蘚、鐵錢蕨、海金沙、石斛，芒萁、帶球果的杉枝、帶花及果實(shí)的白菜植株等大量植物實(shí)物、放大鏡、鑷子。

六、說(shuō)教學(xué)過(guò)程：

（一）、創(chuàng)設(shè)情景，引入新課

通過(guò)學(xué)生采集活動(dòng)和生活中對(duì)植物的感性認(rèn)識(shí)，結(jié)合農(nóng)村孩子的生活實(shí)際，貼近生活，讓學(xué)生感受到好奇，直揭新課，有利于激發(fā)學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)興趣和進(jìn)一步學(xué)習(xí)的欲望。

（二）、植物系統(tǒng)進(jìn)化樹(shù)和活動(dòng)：觀察比較不同的植物

運(yùn)用課本植物系統(tǒng)進(jìn)化樹(shù)的認(rèn)識(shí)，幫助學(xué)生對(duì)植物的分類有了初步的了解，接著進(jìn)行觀察比較不同植物的活動(dòng)，引導(dǎo)學(xué)生自主學(xué)習(xí)、合作學(xué)習(xí)，幫助學(xué)生分析問(wèn)題，解決問(wèn)題，強(qiáng)化生物進(jìn)化的觀點(diǎn)，增強(qiáng)生物科學(xué)價(jià)值觀，培養(yǎng)學(xué)生關(guān)注和保護(hù)生物圈中多種多樣的綠色植物情感。

（三）、藻類植物、苔蘚植物、蕨類植物

采用提問(wèn)式、啟發(fā)引導(dǎo)式教學(xué)方法，逐一分析藻類植物的

1、結(jié)構(gòu)：藻類植物是多種多樣的，有單細(xì)胞的，有多細(xì)胞的；有生活在淡水中的，有生活在海洋中的，還有少數(shù)種類生活在陸地上的。

2、特征：大多數(shù)生活在水中，沒(méi)有根莖葉的分化，都能進(jìn)行光合作用

3、分類：據(jù)藻類植物呈現(xiàn)的顏色的不同可以將藻類植物分為綠藻、褐藻和紅藻等。

4、對(duì)生物圈中的作用和與人類的關(guān)系：為水生生物提供食物和氧氣。與人類的關(guān)系是有些可食用，可藥用，如海帶、紫菜等可食用，褐藻膠、瓊脂、碘酒在醫(yī)藥上有廣泛的用途。

利用對(duì)比學(xué)習(xí)方法，引導(dǎo)學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)苔蘚植物和蕨類植物結(jié)構(gòu)、特征、分類。培養(yǎng)學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)方法的能力幫助學(xué)生分析藻類植物、苔蘚植物、蕨類植物的特征及在生物圈中的作用和與人類的關(guān)系。

（四）、本課總結(jié)

及時(shí)反饋與總結(jié)，有利于學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)知識(shí)的掌握

（五）、作業(yè)設(shè)計(jì)

七、說(shuō)教學(xué)評(píng)價(jià)設(shè)計(jì)：

本節(jié)課內(nèi)容的教學(xué)效果可以從課堂回答、反饋練習(xí)、鞏固練習(xí)和課后作業(yè)四個(gè)方面進(jìn)行評(píng)價(jià)。課堂回答通過(guò)不斷設(shè)置問(wèn)題，引導(dǎo)學(xué)生分析和解決問(wèn)題，培養(yǎng)學(xué)生獲取知識(shí)的能力；課中練習(xí)鞏固反饋是一般的知識(shí)性練習(xí)題，目的是檢驗(yàn)學(xué)生當(dāng)堂課對(duì)知識(shí)的掌握情況，在此基礎(chǔ)上，理論聯(lián)系實(shí)際，注重知識(shí)的深化和應(yīng)用。

八、說(shuō)總結(jié)與反思：

在教學(xué)活動(dòng)中，教師不是直接把知識(shí)教給學(xué)生，而是著眼于知識(shí)獲取的過(guò)程、學(xué)習(xí)方法和能力的培養(yǎng)，使學(xué)生自己觀察、思考、分析和總結(jié)，親身經(jīng)歷知識(shí)的獲取過(guò)程，從中學(xué)到知識(shí)和方法，發(fā)展多種能力。教師要多聯(lián)系生產(chǎn)實(shí)際，讓學(xué)生邊聯(lián)想、邊思考，從中發(fā)現(xiàn)新知識(shí)，并提高學(xué)生對(duì)新知識(shí)的運(yùn)用能力。通過(guò)本節(jié)課的學(xué)習(xí)，有利于激發(fā)學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)科學(xué)的興趣，有利于培養(yǎng)學(xué)生良好的科學(xué)素質(zhì)。

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)說(shuō)課稿范文全英文 第8篇

一、說(shuō)教材

《物質(zhì)的運(yùn)輸路線》是河北少兒出版七年級(jí)下冊(cè)第二章《愛(ài)護(hù)心臟 確保運(yùn)輸》的第三節(jié)，血液循環(huán)的途徑這部分知識(shí)是教學(xué)的重點(diǎn)。它既是對(duì)前面所學(xué)的血液，血管、心臟等知識(shí)的深化，又是后面學(xué)習(xí)呼吸、排泄等章節(jié)的前提和關(guān)鍵。這部分內(nèi)容是《生物課程標(biāo)準(zhǔn)》中內(nèi)容標(biāo)準(zhǔn)《第五部分----生物圈中的人》的知識(shí)，人體吸收的營(yíng)養(yǎng)物質(zhì)需要經(jīng)過(guò)循環(huán)系統(tǒng)運(yùn)送到身體的各種組織、器官，人體所產(chǎn)產(chǎn)生的廢物也通過(guò)循環(huán)系統(tǒng)、呼吸系統(tǒng)和泌尿系統(tǒng)等的協(xié)調(diào)活動(dòng)排出體外，因此本章內(nèi)容起到了聯(lián)系各部分知識(shí)的作用，而第三節(jié)又是本章的重點(diǎn)內(nèi)容。

二、教學(xué)目標(biāo)的確立：

《課程目標(biāo)中》指出：獲得有關(guān)人體結(jié)構(gòu)、功能及衛(wèi)生保健的知識(shí)，促進(jìn)生理和心理的健康發(fā)展。所以我把以下四個(gè)知識(shí)點(diǎn)作為本節(jié)課的知識(shí)目標(biāo):

1.分析血液循環(huán)的途徑;說(shuō)明體循環(huán)和肺循環(huán)的關(guān)系。

2.概述血液循環(huán)的組成和路線。

3.描述動(dòng)脈血、靜脈血的概念和血液循環(huán)的意義。

4.說(shuō)出血液、組織液、淋巴之間的關(guān)系及血液循環(huán)和淋巴循環(huán)的關(guān)系。

能力目標(biāo)指出，初步學(xué)會(huì)科學(xué)探究的一般方法，發(fā)展學(xué)生表達(dá)交流的科

學(xué)探究能力，發(fā)展合作能力。因此我把以下三點(diǎn)作為這節(jié)課的能力目標(biāo)：

1.提高表達(dá)和相互交流的能力。

2.培養(yǎng)學(xué)生科學(xué)探究的合作能力，實(shí)踐能力。

3.培養(yǎng)學(xué)生觀察能力和綜合分析能力。

在學(xué)習(xí)過(guò)程中為了能始終貫穿情感態(tài)度教育，確立本課的情感目標(biāo)：

1.培養(yǎng)學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)生物科學(xué)的興趣，體驗(yàn)探究知識(shí)的樂(lè)趣。

2.鼓勵(lì)學(xué)生通過(guò)分析找出答案，激發(fā)學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)的興趣。

三、重點(diǎn)、難點(diǎn)的確立：

根據(jù)本節(jié)課所確立的知識(shí)目標(biāo)，結(jié)合學(xué)生的實(shí)際水平、能力，把血液循環(huán)的路線和循環(huán)的意義以及動(dòng)脈血和靜脈血的概念確立為本課的重點(diǎn)。使學(xué)生能深刻正確的認(rèn)識(shí)血液循環(huán)及其意義。

好學(xué)教育：

血液循環(huán)的知識(shí)比較抽象，理解血液循環(huán)的整體過(guò)程和體循環(huán)及肺循環(huán)環(huán)的關(guān)系有一定的困難，因此把二者作為本節(jié)的難點(diǎn)，希望能使學(xué)生理解體循環(huán)和肺循環(huán)是獨(dú)立進(jìn)行的，匯合于心臟，組成完整的循環(huán)途徑。

四、說(shuō)教法、學(xué)法

根據(jù)本節(jié)的三個(gè)層面的教學(xué)目標(biāo)和確立的重點(diǎn)、難點(diǎn)，分別采用了不同的教法、學(xué)法，如多媒體教學(xué)法能直觀的把一些抽象問(wèn)題形象化、生動(dòng)化，易于理解;討論法有利于學(xué)生發(fā)表自己的見(jiàn)解，促進(jìn)學(xué)生以及師生之間的交流，啟發(fā)式教學(xué)法可以發(fā)揮學(xué)生的探究的潛能，自主地進(jìn)行學(xué)習(xí)。在教學(xué)中綜合運(yùn)用這些教學(xué)方法可以實(shí)現(xiàn)學(xué)生在學(xué)習(xí)過(guò)程中的主體地位，激發(fā)學(xué)生的興趣。

五、說(shuō)教學(xué)準(zhǔn)備：

1.老師的準(zhǔn)備：制作的課件，把血液循環(huán)以動(dòng)畫的方式呈現(xiàn)出來(lái)，幫助學(xué)生理解，增強(qiáng)形象生動(dòng)性。給每位學(xué)生復(fù)印一張?zhí)骄炕顒?dòng)報(bào)告單，供學(xué)生上課自己畫出血液循環(huán)的途徑。

2.學(xué)生的準(zhǔn)備：復(fù)習(xí)心臟的結(jié)構(gòu)，和心臟相連的血管的名稱及血液流動(dòng)的方向。為循環(huán)途徑的學(xué)習(xí)打下知識(shí)基礎(chǔ)，便于理解血液流動(dòng)的方向。

六、說(shuō)教學(xué)設(shè)計(jì)：

(一)復(fù)習(xí)：

(啟動(dòng)課件，出示心臟的結(jié)構(gòu)圖)

心臟的四腔中血液流動(dòng)的方向，及和每個(gè)腔連通的血管分別是什么? 通過(guò)復(fù)習(xí)這一內(nèi)容有利于學(xué)生順利的完成血液循環(huán)途徑的學(xué)習(xí)。

(二)引入：

通過(guò)身邊事引入課題，激發(fā)學(xué)生的興趣和好奇心。

(三)教學(xué)活動(dòng)設(shè)計(jì)：

1. 提出問(wèn)題(展示血液循環(huán)模式圖課件flash動(dòng)畫)：

假設(shè)有個(gè)紅細(xì)胞，隨著血流在人體內(nèi)周游，如果以左心室為出發(fā)點(diǎn)，那么它旅行的路線是怎樣的?如果讓你對(duì)它的旅程進(jìn)行劃分，你認(rèn)為可以分為幾個(gè)階段?以小組為單位，結(jié)合多媒體課件內(nèi)容，在學(xué)生活動(dòng)報(bào)告單中標(biāo)注血液循環(huán)的途徑。

設(shè)計(jì)這一活動(dòng)，可以使同學(xué)積極去探究血液循環(huán)的途徑，通過(guò)已有知識(shí)，在小組同學(xué)的努力下共同完成血液循環(huán)途徑的認(rèn)識(shí)，增強(qiáng)學(xué)生的合作意識(shí)，為進(jìn)一步突破血液循環(huán)途徑這一難點(diǎn)問(wèn)題打下基礎(chǔ)。通過(guò)學(xué)生上臺(tái)發(fā)布結(jié)論，提高學(xué)生的語(yǔ)言表達(dá)能力，給學(xué)生展示自己的機(jī)會(huì)，充分體現(xiàn)學(xué)生的主體地位。 學(xué)生發(fā)布完結(jié)論，要給學(xué)生一種積極的評(píng)價(jià)，肯定他們的成果，同時(shí)指出存在的問(wèn)題。

2.結(jié)合學(xué)生的結(jié)論，進(jìn)一步鞏固血液循環(huán)途徑，結(jié)合課件，強(qiáng)化循環(huán)途徑的學(xué)習(xí)。

好學(xué)教育：

師：為了便于我們研究，我們把血液循環(huán)的途徑分為：體循環(huán)和肺循環(huán)。

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)說(shuō)課稿范文全英文 第9篇

一、說(shuō)教材

(一)、教材的地位和作用

本單元以How do you get to school?為中心話題，圍繞交通方式而展開(kāi)，主要運(yùn)用How long/How far 詢問(wèn)“去某地的交通方式、時(shí)間、距離?！焙?jiǎn)單描述路線。這一話題貼近學(xué)生們的日常生活，它繼第三單元談?wù)摗凹偃沼?jì)劃”后安排這樣一個(gè)話題，符合學(xué)生的認(rèn)知結(jié)構(gòu)和年齡特征，它將為后幾個(gè)單元的學(xué)習(xí)打下堅(jiān)定的語(yǔ)言基礎(chǔ)。而SeetionA第一課時(shí)重點(diǎn)則采訪同學(xué)們上學(xué)的交通方式，及花費(fèi)的時(shí)間、距離等等。

(二)、教學(xué)目標(biāo)(語(yǔ)言知識(shí) 能力目標(biāo) 情感目標(biāo))

語(yǔ)言知識(shí)：

1、語(yǔ)言目標(biāo)，掌握語(yǔ)匯subway 、train、 bus、 car、bus stop等。

語(yǔ)言功能：學(xué)會(huì)談?wù)摬⒚枋鼋煌ǚ绞?/p>

語(yǔ)言結(jié)構(gòu)：學(xué)習(xí)掌握How引導(dǎo)的特殊疑問(wèn)句：

How do you get to school?

How long does he get to school?

How long does it take?要求學(xué)生掌握好助動(dòng)語(yǔ)do在不同人稱，特別是第三人稱單數(shù)后的變化。

2、語(yǔ)言技能

1、能根據(jù)錄音判斷交通的方式，花費(fèi)的時(shí)間及距離。

2、能詢問(wèn)他人到達(dá)某地的交通方式并轉(zhuǎn)述。

能力目標(biāo)：

1、培養(yǎng)學(xué)生聽(tīng)、說(shuō)、讀、寫的能力。

2、訓(xùn)練學(xué)生小組合作的能力。

3、讓學(xué)生通過(guò)有用的目標(biāo)語(yǔ)言學(xué)會(huì)與他人交流的能力。

情感目標(biāo)：

鼓勵(lì)學(xué)生學(xué)會(huì)關(guān)心別人，幫助別人。

(三)、教學(xué)重點(diǎn)和難點(diǎn)

重點(diǎn)：幫助學(xué)生學(xué)會(huì)使用How do you get to school?

I take the train to school.

How does he get to school?

He takes the bus to school.進(jìn)行交際

難點(diǎn):區(qū)別take 的用法。

二、說(shuō)教學(xué)方法

(一)、學(xué)情分析

1、初二學(xué)生經(jīng)過(guò)小學(xué)和初中的學(xué)習(xí)，已經(jīng)有了一定的英語(yǔ)基礎(chǔ)知識(shí)和聽(tīng)說(shuō)能力，正逐漸向讀寫過(guò)渡，同時(shí)，學(xué)生們對(duì)英語(yǔ)學(xué)習(xí)還保持著較濃厚的興趣。在加上受新課程理念的熏陶及實(shí)踐，能鞏固所學(xué)知識(shí)，又能提高解決問(wèn)題的能力以及綜合運(yùn)用語(yǔ)言的能力。

2、從年齡特征看，學(xué)生們也很在乎他人的評(píng)價(jià)。在學(xué)習(xí)過(guò)程中通過(guò)“兵教兵”小組訓(xùn)練，鼓勵(lì)性評(píng)價(jià)等措施，提高學(xué)生綜合語(yǔ)言技能。

(二)、學(xué)習(xí)策略

教學(xué)生要善于抓住英語(yǔ)交際的機(jī)會(huì)，主動(dòng)參與學(xué)生活動(dòng)，形成自主學(xué)習(xí)的能力。

(三)、教學(xué)手段

用幻燈片將本課所需要的錄音、圖片、文字、制成多媒體課件，使抽象的語(yǔ)言變得直觀，為學(xué)生運(yùn)用英語(yǔ)進(jìn)行交際創(chuàng)設(shè)情景，實(shí)現(xiàn)師生互動(dòng)，生生互動(dòng)和人機(jī)互動(dòng)的多向交流。

(四)、教學(xué)原則：

1、任務(wù)型原則，在整個(gè)教學(xué)過(guò)程中，各種語(yǔ)言結(jié)構(gòu)、語(yǔ)言功能與不同的學(xué)習(xí)任務(wù)有機(jī)的結(jié)合。因此本節(jié)課我將始終引導(dǎo)學(xué)生通過(guò)完成具體的任務(wù)活動(dòng)來(lái)學(xué)習(xí)語(yǔ)言，讓學(xué)生為了特定的學(xué)習(xí)目的去實(shí)施特定的語(yǔ)言行動(dòng)，通過(guò)完成特定的交際任務(wù)來(lái)獲得和積累相應(yīng)的學(xué)習(xí)經(jīng)驗(yàn)，讓學(xué)生在用中學(xué)，在學(xué)中用

2、合作性原則，以學(xué)生為主體，師生合作，生生合作，體現(xiàn)教與學(xué)的互動(dòng)交往。

3、情感性原則，激發(fā)學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)英語(yǔ)的興趣和始終保持良好的學(xué)習(xí)情緒。

(五)、學(xué)法指導(dǎo)

1、學(xué)習(xí)方法的指導(dǎo)，用生動(dòng)的課件調(diào)動(dòng)學(xué)生進(jìn)行聽(tīng)、說(shuō)、讀、寫、訓(xùn)練。

2、學(xué)習(xí)積極性的調(diào)動(dòng)。

我在教學(xué)過(guò)程中創(chuàng)造一種開(kāi)放的、和諧的積極互動(dòng)的語(yǔ)言氛圍，把課堂變?yōu)橛新曈猩奈枧_(tái)，讓學(xué)生在樂(lè)中學(xué)。

3、學(xué)習(xí)能力的培養(yǎng)。

通過(guò)連貫的聽(tīng)、說(shuō)、讀、寫，培養(yǎng)學(xué)生的交際能力，發(fā)揮他們的思維能力。

三、說(shuō)教學(xué)過(guò)程

在整個(gè)教學(xué)活動(dòng)中，我通過(guò)設(shè)計(jì)不同的四個(gè)任務(wù)，讓學(xué)生在小組中交流、合作、競(jìng)爭(zhēng)，每個(gè)任務(wù)都存在著一定的“信息差”，易于激發(fā)學(xué)生的表達(dá)欲望和急于知道最終結(jié)果的心情，在活動(dòng)中他們一定會(huì)努力表現(xiàn)自己，做到。四個(gè)任務(wù)所側(cè)重的訓(xùn)練學(xué)生的語(yǔ)言能力的要求也各有不同，他們分別側(cè)重訓(xùn)練學(xué)生的聽(tīng)、說(shuō)、讀、寫的能力。把任務(wù)活動(dòng)放在小組中進(jìn)行，還可以解決“大班”難于操練的難題，學(xué)生在小組中有更多的時(shí)間來(lái)運(yùn)用英語(yǔ)表達(dá)自己的思想。

(一)、在復(fù)習(xí)環(huán)節(jié)中，通過(guò)問(wèn)學(xué)生 What are you doing this Sunday? What is he doing tomorrow? What are you doing for vocation?來(lái)了解學(xué)生對(duì)上一單元知識(shí)的掌握情況。

(二)、在導(dǎo)入新課中：先通過(guò)讓同學(xué)們看圖片，回答下面的問(wèn)題，What is the boy doing?Does he often ride a bike to school? How do you get to school?引入目標(biāo)語(yǔ)言，并幫助他們回答：I take the subway to school. I take the train to school等。

在列舉許多交通方式后，讓同學(xué)們完成 1a。然后檢測(cè)學(xué)生們的答案。

(三)、在聽(tīng)力練習(xí)上。教學(xué)設(shè)計(jì)共插入了三個(gè)聽(tīng)力訓(xùn)練。

1、讓學(xué)生結(jié)合圖片，分辯交通工具。并與圖中的人物結(jié)合起來(lái)。

2、能聽(tīng)辯數(shù)字。

3、通過(guò)讓學(xué)生們聽(tīng)，然后說(shuō)出五種交通工具并把這種交通工具和它花費(fèi)的時(shí)間相匹配。

(四)、在小組練習(xí)中，我讓學(xué)生四人一組進(jìn)行這樣對(duì)話練習(xí)

A：How do you get to school?

B: I take the subway to school.

C:: How does B get to school?

D: He takes the subway to school?

A: How long does it take?

B: It takes about 25 minutes

重點(diǎn)鞏固第三人稱單數(shù)這種情況。鼓勵(lì)學(xué)生們用不同的詞替換來(lái)反復(fù)操練這個(gè)句型.突破教學(xué)重點(diǎn)。

(五)、小結(jié)：最后總結(jié)take的用法，消化教學(xué)難點(diǎn)。

(六)、家庭作業(yè)：仿寫四個(gè)句型，并使用不同的交通工具。

(七)、板書設(shè)計(jì)：

Unit 4 How do you get to school? forty

take the train How do you get to school fifty

take the subway I ride my bike. sixty

walk How does he get to school? seventy

ride the bike he walks to school eighty

Take the bas How long does it take? ninety

It takes a bout farty minutes.

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件【篇4】

【主題一】My Favorite Hobby

I have a lot of hobbies, such as reading, playing sports, and listening to music. But my favorite hobby is drawing. I began drawing when I was just a little kid, and I fell in love with it right away. I enjoy creating different images and bringing my imagination to life.

When I draw, I feel relaxed and happy. It's like I enter into a different world where there are no rules or boundaries, and I can let my mind go wild. I usually draw in my free time, and every time I finish a drawing, I feel a sense of accomplishment.

Drawing helps me express my feelings and emotions in a positive way. Sometimes, I feel sad or anxious, and I don't know how to deal with it. But when I draw, I can let everything out, and it makes me feel better. Drawing also helps me improve my concentration and focus, which is essential for my studies.

In the future, I want to become a professional artist. I believe that the more I draw, the better I will become, and I will be able to make a living from my art. Even if I don't become famous, I will still be happy as long as I can continue to draw and express myself.

【主題二】My Dream Job

My dream job is to become a doctor. Ever since I was a little kid, I wanted to help people and make a difference in their lives. Being a doctor would allow me to do just that. I believe that being a doctor is one of the most honorable professions in the world.

I am currently studying hard to achieve my dream. I am taking science and math courses to prepare me for medical school. I know that the road to becoming a doctor is challenging, but I am willing to put in the work and effort to achieve my goals.

Being a doctor would allow me to help people in many different ways. I could diagnose and treat illnesses, save lives in emergency situations, and even prevent diseases through public education and awareness campaigns.

I know that being a doctor requires a lot of knowledge, skill, and dedication, but I believe that I have what it takes to become a successful doctor. I am passionate about helping others, and I think that this is the most important quality for a doctor to have.

In the future, I hope to work in a hospital or clinic where I can help people who are sick or injured. I believe that being a doctor is not just a job, but a calling. I am excited about my future career and look forward to making a difference in the world.

【主題三】My Travel Experience

I have always enjoyed traveling and exploring new places. One of my most memorable travel experiences was when I went to Japan with my family.

Japan is a beautiful country with a rich history and culture. We visited many famous landmarks, such as the Tokyo Tower, Mount Fuji, and the Imperial Palace. We also tried many delicious Japanese foods, such as sushi and ramen.

One of the highlights of our trip was when we visited Kyoto. Kyoto is a city that is known for its traditional architecture and beautiful temples. We visited the Kiyomizu-dera temple, which is a UNESCO World Heritage site. The temple was built in the 17th century and is famous for its wooden stage that overlooks the city.

Another memorable experience was when we went to Hiroshima. Hiroshima is a city that is famous for being the site of the atomic bombing during World War II. We visited the Peace Memorial Park and Museum, which was both moving and educational.

Traveling to Japan was an amazing experience that allowed me to learn about a different culture and way of life. I realized that there is so much in the world to explore and discover. I hope to have many more travel experiences in the future and continue to learn and grow as a person.

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件【篇5】

冀教版英語(yǔ)五年級(jí)下冊(cè)第一課教案

Step1、Warming-up

1、Greetingwith students.

T：Good morning! Boys and girls, welcome to our class. Now Let’s begin our English class.

S:Good morning teacher!

設(shè)計(jì)意圖：師生口語(yǔ)對(duì)話，拉近教師與學(xué)生的距離，營(yíng)造寬松和諧的課堂氛圍。

2、Play a Game “See and say”教師出示動(dòng)作圖片read、watch、draw、run sing、jump、dance、walk.讓學(xué)生迅速說(shuō)出單詞，比比誰(shuí)最快。

T: I will show you some words, I can see who is the best one.Let's begin . S:根據(jù)老師的'提示，迅速說(shuō)出動(dòng)詞。

設(shè)計(jì)意圖：運(yùn)用“頭腦風(fēng)暴法”活化英語(yǔ)課堂，培養(yǎng)學(xué)生形成英語(yǔ)發(fā)散性思維和創(chuàng)造性思維的能力。此環(huán)節(jié)主要是練習(xí)不同的動(dòng)詞，為之后的英語(yǔ)對(duì)話練習(xí)做好鋪墊。此外，搶答、競(jìng)猜的方式可以使課堂充滿和諧愉悅的氣氛。

Step2、In-depth situation, study new knowledge

1、創(chuàng)設(shè)本課情景，李明和媽媽，以及丹尼、珍妮要去旅行，給出一幅圖他們

四人出發(fā)的情景，并詢問(wèn)學(xué)生What day is today? Where do they want to go? Where do they arrive at?學(xué)生根據(jù)圖片進(jìn)行猜測(cè)并回答.

老師播放文本第一段話，揭示答案。It's Mondy today. They want to go to Beijing.They arrive at the train station.教師繼續(xù)提問(wèn)：How do they feel? S：They are happy....同時(shí)引出excited講授新詞并領(lǐng)讀。

設(shè)計(jì)意圖：利用學(xué)生熟知的人物及所學(xué)舊知，以舊引新，為新授做鋪墊。

2、Listen and answer

T:Now they are at the train station What does Danny want to do?

帶領(lǐng)學(xué)生聽(tīng)課文1-5幅圖學(xué)生回答并新授單詞：jump, sing, dance

講解句型：He wants to…..注意want to后面加動(dòng)詞原形，引導(dǎo)學(xué)生可以用want to說(shuō)句子，練習(xí)短語(yǔ)。

3、老師給出學(xué)生三個(gè)情景What do you want to do in/at (school park home)?讓學(xué)生進(jìn)行對(duì)話練習(xí)。學(xué)生任意選擇一個(gè)場(chǎng)景進(jìn)行對(duì)話練習(xí)。

S1:What do you want to do in the park?

S2:I want to.....

設(shè)計(jì)意圖：將學(xué)生引入生活情境中，應(yīng)用對(duì)話激活文本，激發(fā)學(xué)生的學(xué)習(xí)和運(yùn)用語(yǔ)言的欲望。

Step3.In-depth situation, study the text.

1、通過(guò)丹尼在火車站想要做的事情，詢問(wèn)學(xué)生Is Danny right？What does Mrs. Li say?

讀課文1-5幅圖并回答問(wèn)題。

S:Please don’t jump! Please don’t sing! Please don’t dance!讓學(xué)生根據(jù)回答發(fā)現(xiàn)三個(gè)句子的共同之處，總結(jié)祈使句的結(jié)構(gòu)及用法。Please don't......請(qǐng)不要干什么。

老師繼續(xù)提問(wèn)在火車站丹尼應(yīng)該怎么做呢？讓學(xué)生用Please...來(lái)回答。

設(shè)計(jì)意圖：讓學(xué)生在對(duì)文本、知識(shí)點(diǎn)已經(jīng)基本掌握的基礎(chǔ)上，進(jìn)行語(yǔ)言的組織與輸出，實(shí)現(xiàn)知識(shí)到能力的轉(zhuǎn)化過(guò)程。

2、為學(xué)生出示課文內(nèi)容6-7幅圖，讓學(xué)生發(fā)揮想象，自己用所學(xué)句型描述一下圖中內(nèi)容，老師講解sit down ,stand up兩個(gè)動(dòng)詞短語(yǔ)，以及I’m sitting down.簡(jiǎn)單了解現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)態(tài)，為第二課做鋪墊。

Step4.Study and understand the text.

老師播放課文音頻，讓學(xué)生跟讀課文。

設(shè)計(jì)意圖：跟讀環(huán)節(jié)讓學(xué)生模仿發(fā)音，規(guī)范學(xué)生正確的語(yǔ)音語(yǔ)調(diào)。

Step5．Practice

1、Read and match.給出學(xué)生一些日常生活中禁止的圖標(biāo)，與句子連線。

2、Look，say and write.給出學(xué)生三個(gè)場(chǎng)景，in the library in the classroom at the train station讓學(xué)生利用所學(xué)句型進(jìn)行交流學(xué)習(xí)，并選擇其中一幅圖寫下來(lái)。

設(shè)計(jì)意圖：英語(yǔ)是一種交際工具,英語(yǔ)教學(xué)的最終目的是培養(yǎng)學(xué)生使用這種交際工具的能力。本環(huán)節(jié)的訓(xùn)練就是學(xué)生在理解文本的基礎(chǔ)上，對(duì)文本內(nèi)容運(yùn)用語(yǔ)言進(jìn)行組織再現(xiàn)的過(guò)程。通過(guò)這一環(huán)節(jié)的實(shí)施，不僅激發(fā)了學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)興趣，更加深對(duì)課文的理解和記憶，同時(shí)提高了他們語(yǔ)言運(yùn)用的能力，促進(jìn)他們“學(xué)以致用”。

Step6. Homework.

1. Read the text with your friends.

2. Make rules for your classroom with your friends.

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件【篇6】

2014—2015學(xué)八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)單元教學(xué)計(jì)劃

（博文學(xué)校初中八年級(jí)英語(yǔ)組

任課教師：王玉勇 孫濤 葛申卿）

新學(xué)期開(kāi)始，為使教學(xué)工作正常有序的開(kāi)展，特制定2014-2015學(xué)年第二學(xué)期教學(xué)計(jì)劃：、教學(xué)分析

1.教材分析 外研版《英語(yǔ)》八年級(jí)（下冊(cè)），全書共有十個(gè)單元。本教材各單元話題靈活，貼近生活實(shí)際。本冊(cè)書將學(xué)習(xí)到的一些語(yǔ)法知識(shí)點(diǎn)有：感官動(dòng)詞、簡(jiǎn)單句、并列復(fù)合句、及賓語(yǔ)從句、現(xiàn)在完成時(shí)

2.學(xué)情分析 本人擔(dān)任八年級(jí)三、四2個(gè)班的英語(yǔ)教學(xué)工作，學(xué)生100余人。通過(guò)初中一年半的英語(yǔ)學(xué)習(xí)，大多數(shù)學(xué)生已能聽(tīng)懂有關(guān)熟悉話題的語(yǔ)段和簡(jiǎn)短的故事，能就熟悉的話題交換信息，能讀懂短篇故事，能寫便條和簡(jiǎn)單的書信。但由于各種因素的影響，學(xué)生發(fā)展參差不齊。少數(shù)學(xué)生因?yàn)榛A(chǔ)不夠好，學(xué)習(xí)很吃力而自暴自棄，有的因此擾亂課堂紀(jì)律，這給教學(xué)帶來(lái)不少困難。

二、教學(xué)目的和要求

第一模塊：學(xué)習(xí)feel, taste, look等表示感覺(jué)和知覺(jué)的系動(dòng)詞，學(xué)會(huì)描述感覺(jué)和知覺(jué)。第二模塊：初步認(rèn)識(shí)現(xiàn)在完成時(shí)，了解現(xiàn)在完成時(shí)的基本構(gòu)成。第三模塊：以太空旅行為載體，進(jìn)一步學(xué)習(xí)現(xiàn)在完成時(shí)，了解yet, already ,just在現(xiàn)在完成時(shí)里的應(yīng)用。第四模塊：主要講述看醫(yī)生，了解since for的差別。第五模塊：通過(guò)討論卡通英雄人物來(lái)復(fù)習(xí)學(xué)過(guò)的幾個(gè)時(shí)態(tài)，學(xué)會(huì)區(qū)分。第六模塊：通過(guò)談?wù)搻?ài)好，把簡(jiǎn)單句引入教學(xué)，讓學(xué)生認(rèn)識(shí)什么叫簡(jiǎn)單句。第七模塊：通過(guò)討論“洛杉磯的夏天”的話題，學(xué)習(xí)and but 連接的并列復(fù)合句，同時(shí)通過(guò)閱讀，更多地了解世界。第八模塊：通過(guò)討論“旅游與自然”的話題，學(xué)習(xí)用that引導(dǎo)的賓語(yǔ)從句。第九模塊：通過(guò)討論“友誼”的話題，學(xué)習(xí)用if whether who when 等引導(dǎo)的賓語(yǔ)從句，繼續(xù)鞏固賓語(yǔ)從句的學(xué)習(xí)。第十模塊：通過(guò)討論“工作和職業(yè)”，鞏固對(duì)賓語(yǔ)從句的學(xué)習(xí)。

三、措施

1.面向全體學(xué)生，注重素質(zhì)教育。（抓基礎(chǔ)）

2.以學(xué)生為主體，尊重學(xué)生個(gè)體差異。（了解學(xué)生）

3.采用活動(dòng)途徑，倡導(dǎo)體驗(yàn)與參與。（調(diào)動(dòng)學(xué)生的學(xué)習(xí)積極性）

4.開(kāi)發(fā)課程資源，拓展教學(xué)渠道。（多渠道教學(xué)）

具體來(lái)說(shuō)： 1.認(rèn)真專研教材和課標(biāo)，精心備課，認(rèn)真上好每一堂課。確定每堂課的基礎(chǔ)內(nèi)容，預(yù)備內(nèi)容和拓展內(nèi)容，滿足不同層次學(xué)生的不同需求。2.充分利用現(xiàn)有的現(xiàn)代化教學(xué)設(shè)備，加強(qiáng)直觀教學(xué)，提高課堂效率。3.多與學(xué)生溝通，了解學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)狀況和需求，及時(shí)改進(jìn)教學(xué)中存在的問(wèn)題和不足。4.積極開(kāi)展豐富多彩的英語(yǔ)活動(dòng)，提高學(xué)生興趣。如英語(yǔ)演講比賽、單詞聽(tīng)寫比賽、朗讀比賽、英語(yǔ)手抄報(bào)比賽、學(xué)唱英文歌曲，課前五分鐘活動(dòng)等。5.注重個(gè)別輔導(dǎo)，在面向全體學(xué)生的基礎(chǔ)上，培優(yōu)補(bǔ)差。6.不斷學(xué)習(xí)，加強(qiáng)自身素質(zhì)和業(yè)務(wù)能力的提高。

四、課時(shí)安排

第一周1、講解期末試卷

2、復(fù)習(xí)第一模塊

feelings and impressions

第二模塊

Experiences 第二周 第三模塊

Journey to space 第三周 第四模塊

Seeing the doctor

第四、五周1、復(fù)習(xí)第三模塊

Journey to space

第四模塊

Seeing the doctor

2、檢測(cè)第一二三四模塊

第六周第五模塊

Cartoons 第六模塊

Hobbies 第七、八周1、復(fù)習(xí)模塊A

2、系統(tǒng)復(fù)習(xí)第一二三四五模塊（感官系動(dòng)詞的現(xiàn)在完成時(shí)）

3、迎接期中考試

第九周1、復(fù)習(xí)第六模塊

Hobbies

Hobbies 的類別，作用，應(yīng)用

2、檢測(cè)

第十、十一周第七模塊

Summer in Los Angeles

Get to know the culture about America 第十二周第八模塊

Time off

Master the object clause that賓語(yǔ)從句 第十三周第九模塊

friendship

Master the object clause if /whether賓語(yǔ)從句 第十四周第十模塊

On the radio

Master the object clause Wh--question words賓語(yǔ)從句

復(fù)習(xí)模塊B

為期末備考

第十五、十六周重點(diǎn)復(fù)習(xí)第六七八九十模塊

迎接期末考試

注：各模塊各單元所需時(shí)間可根據(jù)實(shí)際需要進(jìn)行調(diào)整。

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件【篇7】

Unit 4 Why don’t you talk to yourparents?

Section A 1 (1a-2d)

一、教學(xué)目標(biāo)：

1. 語(yǔ)言知識(shí)目標(biāo)：

1) 能掌握以下單詞：allow, wrong, guess,deal, work out

能掌握以下句型：

① —What’swrong?

—I’m really tried because I studied until midnight last night.

② You could give him a ticket to a ball game.

③ I think you should ask your parents forsome money.

④ Why don’tyou talk to him about it?

2) 能了解以下語(yǔ)法：

(1)能夠運(yùn)用所學(xué)知識(shí)談?wù)搯?wèn)題和困難、提出建議并做出選擇;

(2)能根據(jù)對(duì)方所提出的問(wèn)題，給出一些合理的建議。

2.情感態(tài)度價(jià)值觀目標(biāo)：

培養(yǎng)學(xué)生良好的合作意識(shí)，鼓勵(lì)學(xué)生大膽表達(dá)自己的想法和意愿。正確認(rèn)識(shí)生活中的一些困難，能采用正確的方式解決生活中的問(wèn)題。

二、教學(xué)重難點(diǎn)

1. 教學(xué)重點(diǎn)：

1) Talk about the problems.

2) Learn the new languagepoints.

2. 教學(xué)難點(diǎn)：

能根據(jù)對(duì)方所提出的問(wèn)題，給出一些合理的建議。

學(xué)會(huì)表達(dá)建議的一些方式。

三、教學(xué)過(guò)程

Step 1 Warmingup

1. 導(dǎo)入學(xué)生們平時(shí)在學(xué)校和生活中存在的問(wèn)題。

T: What’s the matter/ What’s wrong?

S: He has too much homework to do.

T: Do he like to do it?

S1：No, he doesn’t. Because hedoesn’t have any free time to do things he likes.

…

Step2 Talking

1. Lookat these problems. Do you think they are serious or not? Ss discuss withtheir partners and give some advice.

① I have to study too much so I don’t getenough sleep.

② Ihave too much homework so I don’t have any free time to do things I like.

③ Myparents don’t allow me to hang out with my friends.

④ Ihave too many after-school classes.

⑤ I got into a fight withmy best friend.

Step 3 Listening

1. T: Tell Ss to read the sentences in 1a again. Make sure they know the meaning ofthe sentences.

2. Play the recording forthe Ss to listen and circle the problems you hear in 1a.

3. Play the recordingagain. Check the answers with the Ss.

Step 4 Pair work

1. Let Ss read the conversationin the box.

2. Use the information in 1a to make other conversations.

3. Let some pairs act outtheir conversations.

e.g. A: What’swrong?

B: I’mreally tied because I studied until midnight last night.

A: Why don’t you go tosleep earlier this evening?

4. Language points

1) allow v. 允許;準(zhǔn)許

allowsb. (not) to do sth. (不)允許某人做某事

e.g. My parents don’tallow me to stay up late. 我父母不允許我熬夜。

Mr. Smith allowed Mike to drive there. 史密斯先生允許邁克開(kāi)車去那里。

2) wrong adj. 錯(cuò)誤的;不對(duì)的

= notright

e.g. Some words on theadvertisement are wrong. 廣告上的一些字錯(cuò)了。

Step 5 Listening

Work on 2a:

T:Peter has some problems. What advicedoes his friend give him? Fill in the blanks with could or should.

1. Let Ss read the sentences in 2a.

2. Play the recording for the Ss to listen and writethe words in the blank.

3. Play the recording again to check the answers.

Work on 2b:

1. Let Ss read the sentences below. Explain somemain sentences for the Ss. Make sure they know the meaning of each sentence.

2. Play the recording forthe Ss to write the letters (a-e) next to the advice in 2a.

3. Play the recording againto check the answers.

Answers: 1. d 2. e 3. a 4. c 5. b

Exercise:

Listen again. Fill in theblanks.

Boy 2 had a ______ with his best friend. He could______ him a letter. But he isn’t good at writing letters. He ______ call him____, but he doesn’t want to talk about it on the ______. He ______ talk to himso that he can say he’s sorry but it’s not ____. He ______go to his house buthe doesn’t want to _______ him. He could take him to the _____________, but hedoesn’t want to wait that long.

Step 6 Pair work

1. Tell Ss to make aconversation using the information in 2aand 2b.

2. Let one pair to read outtheir conversation first.

3. e.g. A: What’s thematter, Peter?

B: Ihad a fight with my best friend. What should I do?

A: Well,you should call him so that you can say you’re sorry.

B: ButI don’t want to talk about it on the phone.

4. Ss act the conversationin pairs. Ask some pairs to act out their conversations.

Step 7 Role-play

1. Ss read theconversations and try to understand the meaning.

2. Read the conversationafter the teacher.

3. Practice the conversation with their partner.Then let some pairs to act out the conversation.

4. Explain some new wordsand main points in the conversation.

(1) guess

e.g. Let us guess the height of the building.

讓我們來(lái)猜一下這個(gè)建筑物的高度。

(2) big deal, deal

big deal是英語(yǔ)中的一個(gè)固定搭配，表示 “重要的事情或狀況”，多用于非正式交流。作否定用法時(shí)，常說(shuō)It’s not a big deal或It’s no big deal.表示說(shuō)話人并不認(rèn)為某事有什么了不起。

e.g. There's a soccergame on TV this evening but I don’t have to watch it. It’s no big deal. 今天晚上電視上有一場(chǎng)足球賽，但我不一定要看。沒(méi)什么大不了的。

It’s a big deal, David, bigger than you know.

這事挺重要的，戴維，比你所知道的要重要。

What's the big deal? It’s only a birthday, not the end of the world.

有什么了不起的?這不過(guò)是個(gè)生日，又不是世界某日。

(3) work out

work out 解決(問(wèn)題);算出

e.g. Mike worked out thedifficult problem by himself.

邁克自己算出了那道難題。

Isit possible to work out the problem? 有可能解決這個(gè)問(wèn)題嗎?

Homework:

Write three conversationsabout your problems and your friends’ suggestions.

A: I have too manyafter-school classes.

What could I do?

B: You could …

Section A 2 (3a-3c)

一、教學(xué)目標(biāo)：

1. 語(yǔ)言知識(shí)目標(biāo)：

1) 學(xué)習(xí)掌握下列詞匯：get on with; relation, communication, argue, cloud, elder, instead, whatever, nervous, offer, proper, secondly, communication, explain, clear

2)閱讀短文，能按要求找到相應(yīng)的信息。

3)通過(guò)閱讀提高學(xué)生們的閱讀能力。

4) 了解在如果生活中發(fā)生了一些不盡如人意的問(wèn)題，應(yīng)當(dāng)如何面對(duì)理性地去解決。

2. 情感態(tài)度價(jià)值觀目標(biāo)：

人的一生并不都是一帆風(fēng)順的，難免有一些挫折的困難，如果生活中發(fā)生了一些不盡如人意的問(wèn)題，我們學(xué)會(huì)冷靜對(duì)待，學(xué)會(huì)合理的辦法去理性地去解決。

二、教學(xué)重難點(diǎn)

1. 教學(xué)重點(diǎn)：

1) 掌握本部分出現(xiàn)的生詞和詞組，達(dá)到熟練運(yùn)用的目標(biāo)。

2) 閱讀短文，獲得相關(guān)的信息。通過(guò)閱讀練習(xí)，來(lái)提高閱讀能力。

2. 教學(xué)難點(diǎn)：

1) 閱讀短文，獲得相關(guān)的信息的能力。

2) 理解并運(yùn)用所學(xué)的詞匯及表達(dá)方式。

三、教學(xué)過(guò)程

Step 1 Revision

Some Ss give some problems. Other Ss give advice.

Problems and advice:

1. I have to study too much so I don’t get enough sleep.

Why don’t you go to sleep earlier this evening?

2. I have too much homework so I don’t have any free time to do things I like.

Why don’t you go camping with your friends this weekend?

3. My parents don’t allow me to hang out with my friends.

Why not read some interesting books at home?

4. I have too many after-school classes.

Why don’t you talk about it with your parents?

5. I got into a fight with my best friend.

Why not call him up?

Role-play the conversation of 2d.

Step 2 Presentation the new words

1. relation n. 關(guān)系;聯(lián)系;交往

e.g. Their relation seemed quite close. 他們的關(guān)系看起來(lái)很親密。

2. argue v. 爭(zhēng)吵;爭(zhēng)論

e.g. The couple began to argue about the child’s education.

那對(duì)夫婦開(kāi)始就孩子的教育問(wèn)題爭(zhēng)吵。

3. proper adj. 正確的;恰當(dāng)?shù)?/p>

e.g. It’s not proper to visit a friend too late in the evening.

太晚了，去看朋友不合適。

4. nervous adj. 焦慮的;擔(dān)憂的

e.g. Don’t be nervous. It is just a small test. 不要緊張。就是個(gè)小測(cè)試而已。

5. clear adj. 清楚易懂的;晴朗的

e.g. The sun shone out of a clear sky. 天空晴朗，陽(yáng)光燦爛。

仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)七年級(jí)上冊(cè)課件四篇

請(qǐng)看下面幼兒教師教育網(wǎng)小編為您收集的“仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)七年級(jí)上冊(cè)課件”相關(guān)信息。做好教案課件是老師上好課的前提，因此在寫的時(shí)候就不要草草了事了。?學(xué)生反應(yīng)可以反映教師對(duì)課程安排的條理性和合理性。請(qǐng)注意以下內(nèi)容僅供參考！

仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)七年級(jí)上冊(cè)課件 篇1

本節(jié)是單元第一課時(shí)，通過(guò)觀察多張照片，對(duì)其中人物所做事情的討論，鍛煉學(xué)生的觀察能力及表達(dá)能力，通過(guò)進(jìn)一步的游戲環(huán)節(jié)，拓展新的學(xué)習(xí)內(nèi)容，體現(xiàn)了英語(yǔ)教育的趣味性和實(shí)用性。

1．掌握現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)的運(yùn)用和表達(dá)的意思，關(guān)注人稱和動(dòng)詞的搭配。

2．句型What are you doing?I’m doing sth..

What is he/she doing?He/she is doing sth..

Is he/she doing sth.?Yes,he/she is.或No,he/she isn’t.

3.掌握肯定句和一般疑問(wèn)句的句型轉(zhuǎn)換及其回答。

1.培養(yǎng)學(xué)生學(xué)以致用的能力，養(yǎng)成良好的`觀察能力。

2.培養(yǎng)學(xué)生主動(dòng)參與學(xué)習(xí)，善于與他人合作學(xué)習(xí)的能力。

培養(yǎng)學(xué)生熱愛(ài)學(xué)習(xí)，熱愛(ài)勞動(dòng)，熱愛(ài)生活，珍惜生命的積極的人生觀。

教學(xué)重點(diǎn)：What are you doing?I’m doing sth..

What is he/she doing?He/she is doing sth..

Is he/she doing sth.?Yes,he/she is.或No,he/she isn’t.

教學(xué)難點(diǎn)：用be doing來(lái)表示說(shuō)話的瞬間正在做某事。

采用讓學(xué)生動(dòng)手操作、合作探究、媒體演示的教學(xué)方法來(lái)突出重點(diǎn)、突破難點(diǎn)。

本節(jié)課主要是對(duì)于正在發(fā)生的事情進(jìn)行討論，先利用欣賞電影片段吸引學(xué)生的注意力，教育學(xué)生要熱愛(ài)生活，再利用觀看照片來(lái)討論某一瞬間發(fā)生的事情。并在課堂教學(xué)中將盡量為學(xué)生提供參與活動(dòng)的場(chǎng)景，用任務(wù)型教學(xué)法讓學(xué)生進(jìn)行小組學(xué)習(xí)，抓住英語(yǔ)交際的機(jī)會(huì)，感知體驗(yàn)，大膽實(shí)踐，使學(xué)生自得知識(shí)、自尋方法、自覓規(guī)律、自悟道理。

1.Greeting :

Teacher: Hello, everyone. How are you? Today is a nice day, isn’t it?So what do you want to do? And why?點(diǎn)一個(gè)舉手的學(xué)生回答，再面向全班: I like watching TV at home. Because it’s relaxing. Do you want to watch TV?得到肯定回答后，T：Now let’s go to watch TV.進(jìn)入幻3，點(diǎn)擊右下角的鈴鐺播放電影《泰坦尼克》結(jié)尾片段?？赐旰螅琓：Do you know its name? Do you like it? Why?學(xué)生回答后，老師顯示字幕：Don’t let go. Love your life.

設(shè)計(jì)目的：通過(guò)觀看著名的電影片段來(lái)吸引學(xué)生的注意力，向?qū)W生灌輸熱愛(ài)生活珍惜生命的情感教育。

1、T:I have some photos.展示幻4的照片：Look! This is my life.I’mdoing some things at home.用紅外線燈照射每張照片，學(xué)生可以通過(guò)照片明白句子的意思。老師指著每張照片帶讀句子(同時(shí)做出相應(yīng)的動(dòng)作)：I’m watching TV/cleaning/reading/talking on the phone/playing computer games/teaching.認(rèn)讀完最后一張自己上課的照片后，T: what’s my job? ... yes,I’m a teacher.

然后老師設(shè)計(jì)打電話的場(chǎng)景：hello, thisisMiss Liu. Today is a nice day. I’m watching TV at home. What about you?進(jìn)行師生間的對(duì)話，起示范作用，讓學(xué)生能仿造使用幻燈片上的句子回答，并對(duì)能使用其他動(dòng)作回答的同學(xué)予以獎(jiǎng)勵(lì)。每個(gè)be doing形式都用紅色標(biāo)注，提示學(xué)生注意。

設(shè)計(jì)目的：通過(guò)展示老師自己的照片吸引學(xué)生的注意，輸出新知識(shí)，用帶讀和創(chuàng)設(shè)情境的對(duì)話形式，讓學(xué)生初步理解并能表達(dá)自己正在做某事。

展示幻5，T：now，let’s look at other photos. Who is in these photos?老師問(wèn)幾個(gè)舉手的學(xué)生：what are you doing?然后讓學(xué)生仿照進(jìn)行pairwork活動(dòng):Can you ask your friend ‘what are you doing’?并請(qǐng)幾組進(jìn)行演示，每組演示之后，老師問(wèn)大家：what is…doing?借機(jī)轉(zhuǎn)換人稱。

設(shè)計(jì)目的：創(chuàng)情設(shè)景，用學(xué)生自己的schoollife照片讓大家有話可說(shuō)，并可借機(jī)轉(zhuǎn)換人稱，轉(zhuǎn)入下一環(huán)節(jié)。

展示幻6，T：now，we are in a happy apartment. These people are doing some things. Let’s listen to the conversation. Then tell me: What are these people doing?聽(tīng)完錄音后，T ask S1:what is Jenny doing? S1: she is watching TV.T點(diǎn)擊屏幕檢驗(yàn)。T轉(zhuǎn)向S2：Can you ask your friend about Dave and Mary？然后用以上問(wèn)句依次請(qǐng)幾組同學(xué)對(duì)圖中人物內(nèi)容進(jìn)行問(wèn)答。

設(shè)計(jì)目的：充分挖掘聽(tīng)力材料，利用其鍛煉學(xué)生們的聽(tīng)說(shuō)能力，并成功實(shí)現(xiàn)轉(zhuǎn)換人稱的問(wèn)答，使學(xué)生能了解并掌握如何詢問(wèn)其他人正在做什么及其回答。

展示幻7，T：now，let’s make a survey in your group. What are your friends doing now? I’ll give you 3 minutes. You can ask 4 friends, and write down on the chart, then make a report.3分鐘之后,T: Can you make a report?請(qǐng)每組派一代表匯報(bào)，并進(jìn)行獎(jiǎng)勵(lì),T可以插入問(wèn)句：what is … doing ?。

設(shè)計(jì)目的：通過(guò)小組活動(dòng)培養(yǎng)學(xué)生的合作學(xué)習(xí)能力和認(rèn)真聆聽(tīng)他人的良好習(xí)慣。

1、展示幻8，T：Look! Tom is doing something. Do you know, what is Tom doing?Oh, let me guess. Is Tom writing? S: No, he isn’t. T繼續(xù)猜，直到S說(shuō)Yes, he is.為止。點(diǎn)擊可檢驗(yàn)答案。再點(diǎn)擊出現(xiàn)下一個(gè)人物。重復(fù)以上老師猜，學(xué)生答的活動(dòng)。

設(shè)計(jì)目的：因?yàn)榇似瑑?nèi)容是書上有的，學(xué)生知道謎底，所以由老師做示范來(lái)猜，學(xué)生回答，鍛煉學(xué)生認(rèn)真聽(tīng)的習(xí)慣。

2、展示幻9，T：Now, It’our fun time. Do you know this cat? What’s his name? S: ... T: yes, he’s Tom.Now,Let’s talk about these pictures. You can ask your friends in your group,what is Tom doing?3 students as a group. And One ask, the others answer .每組發(fā)一份圖片進(jìn)行組內(nèi)討論。份圖片進(jìn)行組內(nèi)討論。3分鐘后請(qǐng)幾組學(xué)生演示，T:You can ask 2 questions.3人一組，一人用紅燈照射圖片問(wèn)，另兩人答，獎(jiǎng)勵(lì)表現(xiàn)良好的小組。

設(shè)計(jì)目的：在重溫對(duì)話what is he doing?的同時(shí)，了解各圖的內(nèi)容，為下一環(huán)節(jié)做鋪墊。

3、點(diǎn)擊出現(xiàn)幻10和問(wèn)句Is Tom sleeping?T: Now, What is Tom doing? Is Tom sleeping? (T做睡覺(jué)的動(dòng)作)全班看著圖片齊答:Yes, he is.或No, he isn’t.

T:Who wants to guess the next picture?請(qǐng)一個(gè)學(xué)生上臺(tái)來(lái)背對(duì)屏幕玩猜謎游戲：示意全班問(wèn)他：What is Tom doing?此學(xué)生邊做動(dòng)作邊猜測(cè)：Is Tom drinking?全班齊答Yes,he is.或No,he isn’t.猜到者有獎(jiǎng)。

設(shè)計(jì)目的：在游戲中學(xué)，在快樂(lè)中鍛煉聽(tīng)說(shuō)能力，避免了枯燥的教與學(xué)。

請(qǐng)一個(gè)學(xué)生對(duì)于此課所學(xué)進(jìn)行總結(jié)，老師給予及時(shí)的評(píng)論，并點(diǎn)擊進(jìn)入幻11展示語(yǔ)法小結(jié)：現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)態(tài)。

設(shè)計(jì)目的：初一的內(nèi)容是基礎(chǔ)教學(xué)，語(yǔ)法在最后有必要呈現(xiàn)出來(lái)，讓大家知道所學(xué)內(nèi)容的專業(yè)術(shù)語(yǔ)。讓學(xué)生自己總結(jié)更能加深印象。

仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)七年級(jí)上冊(cè)課件 篇2

新版人教版七年級(jí)上冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件

定語(yǔ)從句：

（一）基礎(chǔ)：引導(dǎo)詞---who, which, that, whom,

練習(xí)1.I like cities___________are quiet and clean. 2.I prefer students _________are hard- working.

3.I hate TV shows _________ are noisy and boring.4.The music __________ is gentle and quiet attracts me a lot.

5.The food __________tastes delicious is not always healthy.

6.Those boys ___________ are playing basketballs over there are from Class Fifteen.

7.The books ____________ are written by Lu Xun are worth reading.

8.The town ___we visited last week is much larger than before.9.The book ___ he bought is very interesting.

（二）特例：只用that的情況

1先行詞被___________或___________所修飾，或本身是______________________時(shí)，只能用 that，

2.被修飾的先行詞為 ________________________________________________等不定代詞時(shí), 只能用 that.

3.先行詞被 _____________________________________________等詞修飾時(shí)，只能用 that，而不用 which。

4.先行詞里同時(shí)含有______________________，如I can remember well the persons and some pictures that I saw in the room.

5. 以______________________引導(dǎo)的特殊疑問(wèn)句，只能用that.如： Who is the girl that is crying?

練習(xí)1. I am interested in everything___ is about the World Cup.

2. Is there anything___I can do for you? 3. This is the very bike ______I lost

4.To my surprise, he gave me nothing __ I need. 5.This is the best dictionary __ I have ever used.

6. He was the first person _______passed the exam.

7.He talked happily about the men and books________interested him greatly.

（三）whose 1. The student ______father works in the factory is sitting there.

2. I like the rooms ______windows face south.3. This is the desk ______legs were broken.

4The woman ___ umbrella you took is angry about it.5.Here comes a girl ___ handwriting is the best .

6The banana __skin is green can’t be eaten.7That tall tree _ leaves are yellow is very old.

（四）從句謂語(yǔ)單復(fù)數(shù)由先行詞確定，時(shí)態(tài)由從句時(shí)間狀語(yǔ)決定，不必跟主句保持一致。

1-He is one of the boys who ____ (doesn’t, don’t) finish doing homework.

2-I like films which ____(be) exciting and interesting.

3-Children who often ____(eat) junk food are easy to become fat and unhealthy.

4-That boy who _____(run) fastest is from our class.

5Those boys who ____ playing the guitar are from our school. (be)

6The trees which _____ (be) watered yesterday belong to them. 7The man who ____ over there is our teacher.(stand) 8Those boys who ____ playing the guitar are from our school. (be)

9Mr. Brown is one of the foreign experts _______ _________ (work) in China.

10I’m one of the boys ______ ________(like) English best.

(五)“介詞＋關(guān)系代詞”注意： 介詞的選用要考慮：

A.與先行詞的搭配關(guān)系

1）I will never forget the day __________ I joined the army.

2) I will never forget the days ______ I worked here.

3) I will never forget the year ____________ my son went to college.

B. 與謂語(yǔ)動(dòng)詞的搭配習(xí)慣

1）Have you found the book ________I paid 29 dollars?

2）Have you found the book ________I spent 29 dollars?

3) Have you found the book _____________we learnt a lot?

4) Have you found the book _______she often talks?

關(guān)系副詞的用法

練習(xí)：1. It must be a good place ________________we can do a lot of exercise.

2.This is the village _________________we visited last week.

3.The house _______ we live in is very big./ The house _______ we live is very big

4. The woman ___________ talked to you just now is a doctor. The woman ______ you talked to is my sister.

The woman to ___________ you talked is my sister. 5. This is the hospital ____________ I was born in.

This is the hospital in _________I was born. This is the hospital____________ I was born.

綜合練習(xí)一. 用適當(dāng)?shù)年P(guān)系代詞或關(guān)系副詞填空

1. The boy ______ is wearing the black jacket is very clever.

2. This is the present ____he gave me for my birthday.3.The man _______ talked to you just now is an engineer.

4. He talked about the teachers and schools _______ he had visited.

5. There is nothing in the world ______can frighten him.6. We visited a factory _______makes toys for children.

7. Is this the place _______ your father once lived 8. I’ll never forget the days _______ I joined the League.

9The car______my father bought last month is beautiful.10The man______hair is white is his grandfather.

二 ( )1.Rosa likes music ___ is quiet and gentle. A. when B. that C. where D. who

( )2.--Is the girl _ is interviewing the manager of that company your friend--Yes, she is a journalist from CCTV.

A. whom B. which C. who D. whose

( )3 Yao Ming is a famous basketball star ___ is playing in the NBA. A. whose B. who C. what D. which

( )4. The doctor ___I am waiting for is Mr. Smith. A. which B. whom C. whose D. why

( )5. --- Do you know Hong Zhanhui? ---Yes. He’s the college student ____ has moved Chinese people a lot.

A. who B. which C. what D. whom

( )6. In my family, my sister is the only person __ loves chocolate. A. which B. who C. whom D. she

( )7. This is the place ____ the old man lived last year. A. when B. where C. that D.which

( ) 8. The song ___ Jay Zhou sings are popular with students. A. why B. whom C. what D. which

( )9. The farmer was very thankful to the doctor ___ treated his son. A. what B. which C. who D. whose

( )10.I like to live in a house__ is big and bright. A. that B. who C. how D. why

( )11. The young lady ___ we met yesterday is our new math teacher. A. what B. whose C. whom D. which

( )12. --Can you introduce the town to me? --OK. This is the town in __ I was born. A. that B. who C. which

( )13. Miss green is the only person __ can help you with your English. A. she B. whom C. which D. who

( )14. I like the second football match ___was held last week. A. which B. who C. that D. /

( )15. Is there anything ____ to you? A. that is belonged B. that belongs C. that belong D. which belongs

( )16. I hate people ___ don’t help others when they are in trouble. A. who B. which C. they

( )17. This is the only book ___I am looking for. A. that B. which C. who D. whom

( )18 Her sister__ you met at my home was a teacher of English. A. whom B. that is C. which D. who is

( )19 The book__is sold out at the moment. A.you need Bwhat you need C.which you need it D that you need it

( )20 I'm one of the boys ______never late for school. A. that is B. who are C. who am D. who is

( )21.__cleans the classroom can go home first. A. Anyone B. Those who C. However D. The one who

( )22. The old man __yesterday is a scientist.A.I spoke B. I spoke to C. whom I spoke D. that I spoke to him

中考定語(yǔ)從句真題演練

1.--- Is the girl __ is interviewing the manager of that company your friend? --Yes, she is a journalist from CCTV. A. whom B. which C. who D. whose

2. Do you still remember the movie _____ we saw last weekend? A. who B. what C. that D. whom

3. ---Who is your new English teacher? ---Elena, the woman ____ is wearing a red T-shirt over there.

A. 不填 B. whom C. whose D. who

4. Is that the man _____ helped us a lot after the earthquake? A. whose B. which C. when D. who

5. ---What are you looking for? --- I’m looking for the pen ___ I bought yesterday. A. who B. which C. whose

6. This is the novel_____ written by Guo Jingming. A. who B. what C. that D. /

7. We should be ready to help the people ____ are in trouble. A. whose B. whom C. which D. who

8. Two years has passed, but Chinese people still remember those exciting days ____ they spent during the Beijing Olympic Games. A. that B. who C. when

9. The magician _____ played magic tricks in 2008 CCTV Spring Festival Gala is Liu Qian. He is popular in China now. A. whose B. who C. which

10. July likes music very much. She likes music ____ she can dance to. A. what B. who C. that

11. At school, you should do the things _____ are allowed by the teachers. A. that B. when C. what

12. Thought is the key _____ opens the doors of the world. A. why B. where C. which D. who

13. The gentlemen ___ are coming to my office tomorrow are my classmates many years ago.

A. whom B. who C. those D. which

14. That’s the man _____ house was destroyed in the storm. A. that B. whose C. who D. which

15. The girl ____ I just talked with is Ben’s sister. A. whom B. which C. she

16. I love people ____ are friendly to others. A. which B. whose C. what D. who

17. It’s time to say goodbye to my school. I’ll always remember the people _____ have helped me.

A. who B. what C. which D. where

18. I like the teacher ____ classes are very interesting and creative. A. which B. who C. what D. whose

19. Do you know the boy ____ is sitting next to Peter? ---Yes. He is Peter’s friend. They are celebrating his ____ birthday. A. who, ninth B. that, nineth C. /, nineth D. which, ninth

20.ShaolinTemple__lies in the west of Zhengzhou welcomes the visitors from abroad.A.where B.which C.who

二賓語(yǔ)從句

1賓語(yǔ)從句的學(xué)習(xí)要注意三個(gè)方面

第一：語(yǔ)序：在賓語(yǔ)從句中，一律用___________。

如Where does she live? ( Do you know?) ----Do you know where she lives?

***幾個(gè)特殊的特殊疑問(wèn)句

Which is the way to the nearest shop?/ What’s wrong with you?/ What’s up?/ What’s the matter?

這幾個(gè)特殊疑問(wèn)句本身就是陳述語(yǔ)序,在賓語(yǔ)從句中不需調(diào)整語(yǔ)序。

第二：時(shí)態(tài); 1）如果主句是___________，賓語(yǔ)從句時(shí)態(tài)根據(jù)實(shí)際情況而定.

如：1. It’s going to rain. I think. ---I think it’s going to rain.

2. “I will go with you .” he says. ---He says he will go with me.

3. He studied English ten years ago. I know. I know he studied English ten years ago.

2）主句是___________，賓語(yǔ)從句要用___________。

如：It’s going to rain. I thought. ---I thought it was going to rain.

“I will go with you.” he said. ---He said he would go with me.

3). 若從句表達(dá)的是___________，規(guī)律，不管主句是什么時(shí)態(tài)，從句都用___________。

如1 The earth turns round the sun. The teacher told us---The teacher told us that the earth turns round the sun.

2 Light travels much faster than sound. She said … ---She said that light travels much faster than sound.

第三：連接詞1)如果被連接的句子是___________，那么連接詞用___________, (也可省)

如1. He’ll be back in a month. ( I hear…) I hear ( that ) he will be back in a month.

2. I have been to the Great Wall once. ( He tells me…) He tells me ( that ) he has been to the Great Wall once.

2.)如果被連接的句子是___________,則用連接詞___________

如：*Does he live in that house? ( She asked me …) She asked me if/ whether he lived in that house.

*Have you finished your homework? ( I want to know…) I want to know if you have finished your homework.

3) ___________句，用原句中的特殊疑問(wèn)詞引導(dǎo)：what, who, where, when, which, why, how (many/ much/ often/ long/ old).如： Who are you waiting for? Can you tell me? --- Can you tell me who you are waiting for?

What did he do yesterday? I don’t know. ---I don’t know what he did yesterday.

***其中 以wh- 疑問(wèn)詞或how 引導(dǎo)的賓語(yǔ)從句與動(dòng)詞不定式可相互轉(zhuǎn)換

如I don’t know what I can do.可以說(shuō)成 I don’t know what to do.

The policeman showed me where I could get books. 可以說(shuō)成The policeman showed me where to get books.

Can you tell me how I can make a kite?可以說(shuō)成 Can you tell me how to make a kite?

4).賓語(yǔ)從句___________。在_________________________________等動(dòng)詞所跟的`賓語(yǔ)中，如果從句謂語(yǔ)是否定的，一般要將否定詞not轉(zhuǎn)移至主句謂語(yǔ)上去，而將從句謂語(yǔ)改為肯定形式。如：I don’t think he has time to play with the girl.

二．綜合練習(xí)

1．I want to know __

A. whom is she looking after B. whom she is looking C．whom is she looking D．whom she is looking after

2．I don't know _________ the day after tomorrow．

A．when does he come B．how will he come C．if he comes D．whether he'll come

3．Could you tell me _________ the nearest hospital is？A．what B．how C．whether D．where

4．Could you tell me _________ the radio without any help？

A．how did he mend B．what did he mend C．how he mended D．what he mended

5．I don't know if he____ tomorrow. If he _____，I'll tell you．

A．comes, comes B．will come, will come C. will come, comes D. comes, will come

6．Do you know where _________ now？A．he lives B．does he live C．he lived D．did he live

7．Do you know what time ___？A．the train leave B．does the train leave C．will the train leave Dthe train leaves

8．I don't know _________ ．Can you tell me，please？ A．how the two players are old

B．how old are the two players C．the two players are how old D．how old the two players are

9．The small children don't know _________ ． A．what is their stockings in

B．what is in their stockings C．where is their stockings in D．what in their stockings

10．I can't understand _________ ． A．what does Christmas mean B．what Christmas does mean

C．what mean Christmas does D．what Christmas means

11 . When the job______, let me know. A .do B .done C .is done D .finished

12 .She asked me if I knew__ .A .whose pen is it B .whose pen it was C whose pen it is D .whose pen was it 13 .Miss Li wants to know _____________next week . A .when my uncle leaves

B .when will my uncle leave C .where my uncle will stay D .where does my uncle stay

14 .Could you tell me ________________with the money ? A .how to do B .what should I do C .how I should do D .what I should do

中考賓語(yǔ)從句真題演練

( )1. Everyone can play an important role in the society．As members，we should try our best to do__.

A. what we should do B. what should we do C. how we should do

( )2. --I really hope to keep in touch with Lily. --Sorry. I don't know __.

A. what her name is B. what her job is C. what her number is D. when she left

( )3 —Can you tell me ______? —By doing more speaking. A how I will improve my English

B. which way can I choose C. how do I deal with my English D. what’s wrong with my English

( )4. How lovely the dog is ! Can you tell me _____?

A. where did you get it B. where will you get it C. where you got it

( )5.. --Excuse me, could you tell me ____ the book about aliens? --Sure, take the escalator to the second floor.

A. where I can buy B. where can I buy C. when can I buy D. when I can buy

( )6-“Do you know_ have our summer holiday?”-“Next week.”A.when will we B.when are weC. when we will

( )7 ---Do you know ____ the MP4 yesterday? -- Sorry, I’ve no idea about it.

A. how much did he pay for B. how much he paid for C. he paid for how much D. he paid how much for

( )8--What time will Mr. Brown be back to China? -- Sorry. I don’t know ___.

A. when did he go abroad B.why he is going abroad C.how soon will he be back Dhow long he will stay abroad

（ ）9. You can’t image ___ when the pupils received these nice presents on Children’s Day.

A. how they were excited B. how excited they were C. how excited were they D. they were how excited

（ ）10. –Can you tell me ______?–She is in the computer lab.

A. where Linda was B. where is Linda C. where was Linda D. where Linda

( )11. –Do you know _______ the Capital Museum? –Next Friday.

A. when will they visit B. when they will visit C. when did they visit D. when they visited

( )12. He wanted to know____the English party.

A. when will we have B. when we will have C. when would we have D. when we would have

( )13. I want to know_______.

A. when we should arrive at the airport B. when should we arrive at the airport

C. when the airport we should arrive at D. when the airport should we arrive at

( )14. –David, look at the man in white over there. Can you tell me_______? –He is a doctor.

A. who is he B. who he is C. what is he D. what he is

( )15. –Do you know___the girl in red is? –I’m not sure. Maybe a teacher. A. when B. how C. where D. what

( )16. Your T-shirt is so cool. Could you tell me ________?

A. where you buy it B. where do you buy it C. where you bought it D. where did you buy it is

( )17. I really want to know ____ . A. what is wrong with my brother

B. how will he go to Beijing tomorrow C. if had he bought that car D. where did he go yesterday

( )18. Excuse me, sir. Could you tell me ?

A.where is the bank nearestB. where is the nearest bankC.where the nearest bank isD. the nearest bank is where

( )19.Lily’s mother looked for her for half an hour, but couldn’t find ____.

A. What Lily was. B. What was Lily C. Where Lily was D. Where was Lily

( )20--Could you tell me___? He is wanted by the head teacher.--Sorry, I’ve no idea.But he _ here just now．

A. where Tim was, was B. where is Tim，was C. where Tim is，was D．where Tim is，is

三、狀語(yǔ)從句：

一）.條件狀語(yǔ)從句：引導(dǎo)詞為:if, unless。

形式：

主句_______________, 從句______________.

練習(xí)：1.I am waiting for my friend.____________, I’ll do shopping alone.

A.If she comes B.If she will come C.If she doesn’t come D.If she didn’t come

2.I am sure I can make it better, if our teacher _________me a second chance.A.give B.gave C.gives D.will give

3.The art club is for members only. You can’t go in___you are a member. A.unless B.Because C.if D.though

4.I ________the CDs to you if I have time tomorrow. A.will return B.returned C.have returned D.return

5. 1）You won’t pass the final exam ___________(除非)you work hard.

2) The children __________ climb the mountain if it __________________(不下雨)

3) _______________________if he comes. (給我打電話）

二）時(shí)間狀語(yǔ)從句：(常見(jiàn)從屬連詞有when,before, after, until, as soon as, while…)

1）As soon as he _____in Paris, he will call you. A.arrive B.arrived C.arrives

2）Don’t leave until the rain_______.A.stopped B.stops C.stopping D.stop

3）You can go skating after you ____A.finish the job B.finished the job C.finishing the job

4) I’ll tell her the good news when he _____ back. A.came es e

5）Father was watching TV ________ Mum was washing dishes. A.before B. while C.after D.until

6）I was watching TV ____ you called me last night. A.when B.while C.until D.after

7) I ______ here since I came to China. d B.have lived C.am living D. had living

8).My grandma didn’t go to sleep______ I got back home. A.till B.until C.since D.when

三）原因狀語(yǔ)從句： (常用連詞有because, since, as)

1. Tom is ill at home, _____he can’t come here. A.so B.if C.because D.and

2.—Why did you come to school late this morning?--___I watched the Football World Cup until 12:00 last night. A.If B.Because C.Since D.Though

3.I hope to go to France some day__there are many museums there.A.though B. unless C. because D. where

四）結(jié)果狀語(yǔ)從句：由so… that…/such…that/so that引導(dǎo)的從句（so后接形、副原級(jí)）

1）與too…to…句型的轉(zhuǎn)換：

He ran so fast that I couldn’t catch up with him. =______________________________________________

The box is so heavy that I can’t carry it= ___________________________________________________

2）“so… that +從句”與“enough to”的替換

He’s so strong that he can carry the box.=___________________________________________________

He is not old enough to go to school.=________________________________________________________

3)so that…/ so…that…/such…that ____________________________________________________________

如：He got up early in the morning so that he could catch the early bus.

The boy is so strong that he can lift up the heavy stone. He is such a clever boy that all of us like him.

練習(xí)：1.--He was _______tired ______he fell asleep as soon as he lay down. -- Oh, we can go out and let him have a good rest..A.too;to B.so; that C.enough; to D.such; that

2.There were _______many people ____I couldn’t find where she is. A.so;that B.so;as C.such;that D.as;that

3. He ran as fast as possible__he could reach school on time. A.in order to B so as to C such that D so that

4. They are ___interesting books __ I want to read them once more.A.so that B.such…that C.too…to D.so…that

綜合練習(xí)

1.You may leave the classroom when you__writing.A.will finish Bare finishing C have finished Dhad finished

2. Would you give Johnny this letter if you ________ to see him this week.

A. will happen B. happen C. are happened D. happened

3. She was busy, ____she couldn’t go to your birthday party last night. A. and B. so C. or D. but

4. English is ________ a useful language ________ it is spoken in many countries of the world.

A. so…that B. such…that C. so…because D. such…because

5. Don’t cross the street __ the traffic lights are green. A. after B. until C. while D. since

6. Your dream won’t come true__ you know what your dream is. A. after B. unless C. while D. since

7. --Could you ask him if he __to my birthday party next Sunday? –I will, if I __ him this afternoon.

A. comes, meet B. will come, will meet C. comes, will meet D. will come, meet

8. Sarah is ______ a hard-working girl ______ she often works late into night.

A. so; that B. too; to C. such; that D. not only; but also

狀語(yǔ)從句真題練習(xí)

1.—Where was your brother at this time last night?—He was writing an e-mail ___I was watching TV at home.

A.as soon as B.after C.until D.while

2.The film “Kung Fu Panda” is___interesting__I would like to see it again. A.such,that B.too,to C.as,as D.so that

3.Tom will call me as soon as he ___home. A.gets B.has got C.got D.will get

4. We will have no water to drink___we don’t protect the earth. A.until B.before C.though D.if

5.We won’t start the meeting ___our teacher arrives. A.though B.until C.while D.or

6.Bob promises to join in the football match____he has to help his parents on the farm..

A. if B.as C. unless D. when

7.___it’s difficult to make her dream come ture, she never gives up. A.Though B.Unless C.Because D.If

8.---Could you tell me when Mr. Li___in Huanggang?---Sure. When he ___, I’ll call you.

A.arrives; will arrive B.will arrive; arrives C.arrives; arrives D.will arrive; will arrive

9.In summer, food goes bad easily__it is put in the refrigerator. A.until B.if C.unless

10.A moment, please. I’m checking if Mr. Smith__free tomorrow. A.is B.being C.to be D.will be

11.I didn’t go to bed __my mother came back late last night.A.so; B.until C.though

12.Hurry up,___you will miss the early train. A. or B.and C.if D.unless

13.---Tommy, do you know if Frank___to the theatre with us this Sunday if it ___?---Sorry, I have no idea.

A.will go, is fine; B.goes, is fine C.will go, is going to be fine D.goes; will be fine

14.What a beautiful painting it is! I’ve never seen ___painting. A.such a B.a C.such D.this better

15.I don’t know __he will come tomorrow.___he comes, I’ll tell you.

A.if, Whether B.whether, Whether C.if, That D.if, If

復(fù)合句綜合檢測(cè)

( )1.Is this museum_ they visited last month? A. that B. where C. which D. the one

( )2. Is that book ____ he borrowed on Friday? A. that B. which C. who D. the one

( )3 The second book__I want to read is Business at the Speed of Thought. A. which B. what C. that D. as

( )4 –Do you know the man __is running along the street? A who B which C whom

( )5. Without friendship, one can’t be happy although he is rich enough. As for me, I will never forget the days ___I spent with my dearest friend. A that B when C who

( )6 This is the best TV play __we have seen this year. A when B what C who D that

( )7--Have you found the information about famous people ____you can use for report?

--Not yet. I’ll search some on the Internet. A which B who C what D whom

( )8--Have you been to the Sports Center___ is just opened in town? - -No, no yet.

A where B who C that D when

( )9 --Bob, where do you work?--I work for a company ___sells cars. A which B where C what

( )10____ have finished the work can leave. A. Those who B. Anyone C. The one who

( )11. The building that ___new is our school. A. is B. are C. was D. were

( )12. The pandas that we saved ____better now. A. are B. were C. is D. was

( )13 This is the only thing _________ I have lost.A.which B.that C.where

( )14.--Could you tell me____?--Sorry, I don’t know. I was not at the meeting. A. what does he say at the meeting. B what did he say at the meeting. C. what he says at the meeting D. what he said at the meeting

( )15. No one can be sure____ in a million years.

A. what man looks like B. what will man look like C. man will look like what D. what man will look like

( )16. -- Could you tell me ____?-- She is a student in Eton School.

A. where Kate is studying B. how Kate studies C .why Kate was studying D. when Kate studied

( )17.-- Could you tell me___ yesterday?-- About two hours. A. How long it takes to fly to Guilin B. How long it took to fly to Guilin C.How long does it take to fly to Guiln D. How long did it take to fly to Guilin

( )18. Please tell me____.A. what is wrong with the boy B. what is the boy wrong C. what wrong the boy is

( )19. She will hate him when she _more about him .A.knowsB .know C.will know Dis going to know

( )20. --Excuse me. Do you know_____?--Sorry, I don’t know. A. where is No. 1 Middle School

B. where No. 1 Middle School is C. No. 1 Middle School is where D. No. 1 Middle School where is

( )21. At the science museum，the boys and girls get to know__________. A. what is the spaceship like

B. what the spaceship looks like C. how the spaceship looks 1ike D. how does the spaceship1ook like

( )22. He didn’t tell me ____.

A. which floor did he live on B. which floor he lived on C. which floor he lived D. he lived on which floor

( )23. I’m new here. Could you tell me__, please?A. when does the first bus arrive B. when the first bus arrives

C. when did the first bus arrive D.when will the first bus arrive

( )24. I wonder how long_______school?

A. has he been away from B. he has been away C. he has left D. he has been away from

( )25. ---We can use MSN to talk with each other on the Internet. ---Really? Will you please show ____it? ‘

A. what to use B. how to use C. how can I use D. where can I use

( )26. The teacher asked the students . A. if they were interested in chatting online

B. when was Albert Einstein born C. what they will do with the computers D. how often they go to movies

( )27---Could you tell me how long __the book?--Three days.

A.I can keep B.can I borrow C.I can borrow D. can I keep

( )28.I can’t understand ___the boy alone at home.

A.why she left B.did she leave C.why had she left D.why she leave

( )29. You will not succeeded if you ______ harder. A. will work B. won’t work C. work D. don’t work

( )30.Write clearly __your teacher can understand you correctly. A.since B.for C.because Dso that

( )31.______he failed , he went on doing the experiment .A. Even B. Yet C. Although D. in spite of

( )32.The dog went out while we __ supper. A. had B. had had C. were having D. would have

( )33.His brother has worked there ________ he left schoo A.when B. after C. since D. until

( )34.The boy didn’t stop talking ____the second bell rang. A.when B. until C. after D. because

( )35. __I came into the office, the teacher were having a meeting.A.While B. When C. Once D. Since

( )36.I was about to leave my house __ the telephone rang. A.while B. as C. when D. since

七年級(jí)上冊(cè)英語(yǔ)人教版篇一：人教版英語(yǔ)+七年級(jí)上冊(cè)各單元知識(shí)點(diǎn)詳解

StarterUnit1Goodmorning.

1.Goodmorning/afternoon/evening早上（上午）/下午/晚上好。答語(yǔ)相同。在熟人或家人之間可省略good.熟人之間的問(wèn)候可加上稱呼語(yǔ)，稱呼語(yǔ)放在問(wèn)候語(yǔ)之后且用逗號(hào)隔開(kāi)。如：Goodmorning,class!同學(xué)們，早上好！△Goodnight!晚安（晚間告別用語(yǔ)）2.Hello,Frank!你好，弗蘭克。

3.A;Ho上午pm下午cm厘米mm毫米11.英語(yǔ)句子的書寫

句子開(kāi)頭的第一個(gè)單詞的第一個(gè)字母要大寫，單詞與單詞之間要有適當(dāng)?shù)木嚯x，一般為放入一個(gè)字母的空隙，句末要有標(biāo)點(diǎn)符號(hào)，英語(yǔ)的句號(hào)是個(gè)實(shí)心圓點(diǎn)，而不是漢語(yǔ)中的小圓圈。12.大寫字母的用法

1）英語(yǔ)句子開(kāi)頭的第一個(gè)字母必須大寫。

2）I（我），OK在句中任何位置都大寫。

3）人名、地名、國(guó)名、某國(guó)人或某種語(yǔ)言等專有名詞的第一個(gè)字母必須大寫。

4）電影名、書名、報(bào)刊、文章的標(biāo)題等中的每個(gè)實(shí)詞（如：名詞、動(dòng)詞、形容詞、副詞、數(shù)詞）的第一個(gè)字母一般大寫。EnglishWeekly《英語(yǔ)周報(bào)》Titanic《泰坦尼克號(hào)》5）表示月份、星期、重要節(jié)日的名詞的第一個(gè)字母必須大寫。6）某些縮略詞的第一個(gè)字母都必須大寫。

7）表示稱呼的名詞的第一個(gè)字母通常要大寫。UncleWang王叔叔

14.英語(yǔ)句子成分

一、主語(yǔ)（subject）:句子說(shuō)明的人或事物。

1.Thesunrisesintheeast.太陽(yáng)從東方升起。（名詞）2.Helikesdancing.他喜歡跳舞。（代詞）

3.Tovie去看電影

2、助動(dòng)詞do/does的用法。

3、Whatkind(of)用來(lái)問(wèn)種類:Whatkind(ofmovie)doyoulike?

4、too,ase你的名字firstname名字lastname姓氏hername她的名字

telephone/phonenumber電話號(hào)碼inChina在中國(guó)

2.必背典句：

1.—nicetomeetyou!見(jiàn)到你很高興！

—Nicetomeetyou，too.見(jiàn)到你我也很高興。

2.—What’syourname?你的名字是什么？

—Alan.艾倫

3.I’mJenny我是珍妮。

4.What’shis/hername?他的/她的名字是什么？

5.Hername’sMary.她的名字是瑪麗。

6.What’syourfirst/lastname?你的名字/姓氏是什么？

7.—What’shistelephonenumber?他的電話號(hào)碼是多少？

—It’s876-9548是876-9548.

3.形容詞性物主代詞

物主代詞是表示所有關(guān)系的代詞，是人稱代詞的屬格形式。它分第一人稱、第二人稱和第三

人稱，每個(gè)人稱又分單數(shù)和復(fù)數(shù)。物主代詞分形容詞性物主代詞和名詞性物主代詞。

形容詞性物主代詞的用法和形容詞的用法相似，具有形容詞的性質(zhì)。在句中作定語(yǔ)，(于:eC.myD.mine

(河北)Georgereadsthenewspapereverymorning.That’shabit.

A.heB.himC.hisD.himself

(四川南充中考)SheisastudentandnameisKate.

A.sheB.herC.hers

4.be動(dòng)詞用法

(1)be動(dòng)詞（am,is,are）這三個(gè)動(dòng)詞常用做連系動(dòng)詞，在句子中起連接主語(yǔ)和表語(yǔ)的作用。

Thisismymother.這是我的媽媽。

Iamnine.我九歲了。

Youaremygoodfriend.你是我的好朋友。

(2)be動(dòng)詞三種形式的使用主要取決于主語(yǔ)。主語(yǔ)是第一人稱I（我）時(shí)，用am,主語(yǔ)是第二

人稱you（你，你們）或名詞及代詞的復(fù)數(shù)時(shí)，用are,主語(yǔ)是第三人稱單數(shù)it/he/she（它/

他/她）或名詞及代詞單數(shù)時(shí)，用is.

(3)am,is,are的意思是“是”，但不能處處翻譯成“是”。例，Howareyou?你好嗎？

5.What引導(dǎo)的特殊疑問(wèn)句

英語(yǔ)中用于提出疑問(wèn)的句子叫疑問(wèn)句，以what等特殊疑問(wèn)詞開(kāi)頭的句子叫特殊疑問(wèn)句，用

法如下：

（1）詢問(wèn)姓名，—What’syourname?你的名字是什么？—Alan.艾倫。

（2）詢問(wèn)某物用英語(yǔ)怎么說(shuō)。—What’sthisinEnglish?—It’satelephone.這是一部電話。

（3）詢問(wèn)電話號(hào)碼。—What’syourtelephone/phonenumber?你的電話號(hào)碼是多少？

—It’s563-4789.是5634789.

6.基數(shù)詞的用法。

數(shù)詞分為兩大類：基數(shù)詞和序數(shù)詞，表示“多少”的為基數(shù)詞；表示“第幾”的為序數(shù)詞。

基數(shù)詞有zero,one,two等。序數(shù)詞我們剛學(xué)了一個(gè)“first”（第一）。其中基數(shù)詞的用法如下：

（1）表示數(shù)字、年齡、日期等，在劇中可作主語(yǔ)、定語(yǔ)和表語(yǔ)?！猈hat’stwoandfive?二加上五等于幾？

—Seven七（表示數(shù)字）

—Howoldisit?它幾歲了？

—It’sfour.它四歲了。（表示年齡）

—What’sthedatetoday?今天幾月幾日？

—It’sOctober3.10月3日。（表示日期）

（2）表示編號(hào)：LessonOne第一課UnitOne第一單元

（3）表示號(hào)碼，如電話號(hào)碼、門牌號(hào)、身份證號(hào)等，按單個(gè)基數(shù)詞讀出。0可以讀成字母o

的讀音或zero，相連的相同兩位數(shù)可以讀成double(雙寫的)＋基數(shù)詞。

（4）表示時(shí)刻：8:：00＝eighto’clock8點(diǎn)鐘

7.漢語(yǔ)名字在英語(yǔ)中的寫法

中國(guó)人名是姓在前，名在后。姓和名的首字母都要大寫且中間空一格，若名為兩個(gè)字，中間

不加空格，只需第一字的首字母大寫。ZhangLing張玲LiuYifei劉亦菲

仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)七年級(jí)上冊(cè)課件 篇3

Unit 5

一 、教學(xué)目標(biāo)

（一）語(yǔ)言知識(shí)

語(yǔ)音 /t/ /d/ /ts/ /dz/ /tr/ /dr/ /l/ /m/ /n/

詞匯 掌握wake，early,first，day,term，must,still,by，on foot,the same to,usually,always，Ms.,boat，ship，sea，train，by plane/air/airplane, etc.

理解 Subway Worm reporter，Net Bar,roller skating Measure dining hall，dormitory bookstore，etc.

（二）語(yǔ)法

1.一般現(xiàn)在時(shí)（Simple present）

2.頻度副詞（Adverbs of frequency）never， seldom， sometimes， often， usually， always， once， twice

3.現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)（Present continuous）

I’m looking for a book.

Are you doing your homework?Yes， I am./No， Im not.

Is he/she...?Yes， he/she is./No， he/she isn’t.

What are you doing now?I’m playing computer games.

What is he/she doing?He/She is...

4.談?wù)摻煌ǚ绞剑═alking about means of transport）

How do you usually go to school? I usually go to school by bike.

（三）功能用語(yǔ)與話題

1.采訪（Interviews）Our guest today is Michael from Class 2， Grade 1.

2.談?wù)撊粘Ｉ睿═alking about routines）

3.學(xué)校建筑（School buildings）swimming pool， playground， library， dormitory， lab， canteen， gym

4.談?wù)撆d趣喜好（Talking about interests， likes and dislikes）I like the swimming pool best. Why do you like English? Because it’s interesting and easy.

5.借物（Borrowing things）How long can I keep it? Two weeks.

6.新聞（News）、海報(bào)（Poster）Attention， please! Here is the news.

7.談?wù)搶W(xué)?；顒?dòng)、科目和時(shí)間表（Talking about school activities， subjects and timetable）

8.談?wù)搶W(xué)校生活（Talking about school life）

（四）能力培養(yǎng)

聽(tīng) 能聽(tīng)懂談?wù)撔@生活中比較熟悉的話題，識(shí)別主題，獲取主要信息。

說(shuō) 1能根據(jù)提示詞說(shuō)出意思連貫的校園生活的句子。

2能用簡(jiǎn)單對(duì)話描述校園生活。

3能根據(jù)圖片或借助他人幫助描述自己或他人的校園生活。

4能與他人合作進(jìn)行角色扮演，表現(xiàn)校園生活。

讀 1能理解簡(jiǎn)單的書面表達(dá)。

2能準(zhǔn)確地朗讀課文。

3能讀懂表現(xiàn)校園生活方面的.文章，包括校園新聞、海報(bào)、遺失聲明、失物招領(lǐng)等。

寫 能寫出表現(xiàn)校園生活方面的簡(jiǎn)單句子。能寫出簡(jiǎn)單的校園新聞、海報(bào)、遺失聲明、失物招領(lǐng)等。

情感態(tài)度 培養(yǎng)學(xué)生積極向上的情感、活潑開(kāi)朗的個(gè)性、濃厚的學(xué)習(xí)興趣和大膽實(shí)踐的精神，提高學(xué)習(xí)效率，培養(yǎng)學(xué)生熱愛(ài)學(xué)校生活，樂(lè)于學(xué)校生活的意識(shí)。

學(xué)習(xí)策略 積極探索適合自己的英語(yǔ)學(xué)習(xí)方法，利用現(xiàn)實(shí)生活中的學(xué)習(xí)資源，培養(yǎng)任務(wù)型學(xué)習(xí)方法與技巧。

二、教材分析

本單元的交際用語(yǔ)主要是圍繞學(xué)生的學(xué)校生活展開(kāi)的，談?wù)搶W(xué)生的上學(xué)方式、作息時(shí)間、課程安排、業(yè)余生活等內(nèi)容，這些內(nèi)容為學(xué)生所熟悉，便于展開(kāi)討論。

本單元的語(yǔ)法內(nèi)容主要是學(xué)習(xí)一般現(xiàn)在時(shí)、現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)以及表示頻度的副詞。

Topic 1

Section A

教學(xué)目標(biāo)：

1.談?wù)摻煌üぞ呒叭绾紊蠈W(xué)。

2.學(xué)習(xí)句型：How do you usually come to school?

I usually come to school by subway.

本課重點(diǎn)1a和3a。難點(diǎn)：談?wù)摻煌üぞ呒叭绾紊蠈W(xué)。

教具 錄音機(jī)

五指教學(xué)方案

課時(shí)建議：1～2

教學(xué)過(guò)程：

第一步：復(fù)習(xí)

1.教學(xué)生如何在開(kāi)學(xué)的第一天相互問(wèn)候。

T: Good morning， class! S: Good morning， Miss.../Mr...

T: Nice to see you again! S: Nice to see you， too.

學(xué)習(xí)問(wèn)候語(yǔ)：

T: Happy New Year! S: The same to you.

然后老師說(shuō)：Boys and is the first day of our new term.

解釋today， new term。

老師說(shuō)：I often come to school by bus. My son often takes the subway to school. What about you?

學(xué)習(xí)詞組by bus， take the subway。

Notes: subway（AmE）=underground（BrE）

2. 聽(tīng)錄音3a，回答問(wèn)題：

（1）How does Kangkang usually come to school?

（2）How does Sally always come to school?

兩人一組作對(duì)話，然后請(qǐng)3～4對(duì)同學(xué)到前面表演對(duì)話。（對(duì)參加表演的同學(xué)給予鼓勵(lì)。）完成3b。

第二步：呈現(xiàn)

1.老師向一些同學(xué)依次展示并學(xué)習(xí)詞組：wake up， get up， go to school， by bike等，然后做動(dòng)作練習(xí)。要一名同學(xué)在前作動(dòng)作，其余同學(xué)猜測(cè)詞組。

2.聽(tīng)錄音1，回答問(wèn)題：

What’s the time? / Is it time to get up?

Who wakes Kangkang up? 完成1。

3.利用圖畫，完成2。

4.聽(tīng)錄音4，完成4。

第三步：鞏固

1.放錄音1和3a，學(xué)生跟讀。

2.學(xué)生兩人一組表演1和3a。

第四步：練習(xí)

1.分組活動(dòng)，談?wù)撟约涸绯康幕顒?dòng)情況。

2.雙人活動(dòng)，分別用不同的交通工具圖片進(jìn)行問(wèn)答：

A:How do you usually come to school?

B:I usually come to school...

例如：on foot， by bike， by bus， by car， by train， by subway， by boat/ship， by plane/air,完成4。

3.讓學(xué)生做一個(gè)調(diào)查報(bào)告，調(diào)查全班同學(xué)“How do you usually go to school?”按人數(shù)從多到少列成表格，向大家匯報(bào)：

In our class， fifteen students go to school by bike...完成5。

第五步：綜合探究活動(dòng)

1.學(xué)生以表格的形式展示自己的家人通常所采用的交通方式。

2.請(qǐng)同學(xué)據(jù)自己所了解的情況，介紹其它中學(xué)生早晨的活動(dòng)情況，如:

“In our class， some students usually wake up at 6∶30. They get up at 6∶35...”

仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)七年級(jí)上冊(cè)課件 篇4

Unit1 Topic 2 Where are you from?

學(xué)習(xí)目標(biāo)：

1.學(xué)習(xí)數(shù)字0-10 及短語(yǔ)zero, one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten ,telephone, number

What’s his telephone number?

His telephone number is (010)8267-6790.

3.了解單詞音節(jié)和重音。做到語(yǔ)音正確。

2. (朗讀句子，并標(biāo)出語(yǔ)調(diào),鞏固be from在不同人稱的應(yīng)用，復(fù)習(xí)國(guó)家名稱。) Step2 問(wèn)題導(dǎo)學(xué) A.選擇最佳答案

( )1 —Are they from Canada? —No, they ____.

( )2. —What’s ____ telephone number?

—It’s 8265-3412.

( )3. —____ are they? —They are XiaoLi and Jane.

( )4.. Mary ____ from Cuba.

( )5. “One one zero” 表示 ____。

( )6.. —Is he Li Ping? —Yes, ____.

1. —W____ are you from? 2. —What’s y____ name? —I’m from Shanghai. —My name is David.

3. —Are you f____ Zhengzhou? —No, we aren’t.

4. —What’s your telephone n ?—It’s (010)8659-7981.

5. —E me, are you Frank? —Yes, I am.

2. (師連續(xù)讀出這11個(gè)數(shù)字，強(qiáng)調(diào)前10個(gè)數(shù)字用升調(diào)，最后一個(gè)用降調(diào)，并要求學(xué)生跟讀，培養(yǎng)學(xué)生語(yǔ)感。)

3.(做出打電話的動(dòng)作，理解telephone number的意思。)

T:What’s your telephone number?

1— W____ is he? —He i____ Xiao Ming.

2. —Is she ____ Japan? —No, she ____.

3. —W ____ are they from? —They are from C____.

4. —What’s y____ QQ number?

—____ QQ number is 158141028.

5. —____ she Jane? —____, she is.

What’s your telephone number? My telephone number is

What’s his telephone number?His telephone number is

( ) 6. How old are you?

( ) 7. Where are you from?

( ) 8. What’s your telephone number?

( ) 9. Is Miss Yang your English teacher?

( ) 10. Glad to meet you.

B.用適當(dāng)?shù)脑~填空。 Hello! My 1 is Kangkang. 2 am from China. This 3 my friend. 4 is his name? His name is Mike. 5 is from the U.S.A. His phone 6 is (010)6534-8719. Miss Zhao 7 my teacher. 8 is she from? She is from China, 9 . She is fine. 10 telephone number is (010)6534-8897.

1. ___________ 2. ___________ 3. ___________ 4. ___________

5. ___________ 6. ___________ 7. ___________

9. ___________ 10. ___________ 8. ___________

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件5篇

筆者非常推薦名為“八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件”的產(chǎn)品，相信會(huì)給您留下深刻印象。編寫教案課件是教師工作中至關(guān)重要的環(huán)節(jié)，每天都需要不斷地進(jìn)行。在授課時(shí)，教師必須遵循教案課件進(jìn)行實(shí)施。敬請(qǐng)繼續(xù)關(guān)注本網(wǎng)站，以獲取更多相關(guān)信息！

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件【篇1】

1 .

2 . 秋天的風(fēng)姐姐更是另一番樣子，風(fēng)姐姐無(wú)聲無(wú)息走過(guò)去，高粱笑的樂(lè)彎了腰，石榴笑的咧開(kāi)了嘴年年都是好收成，農(nóng)民伯伯看著一車車的糧食心里樂(lè)開(kāi)了花。風(fēng)姐姐是一位棒極了的舞蹈家，它一跳舞，落葉便也跟著跳起了美麗的舞蹈。

3 . considersb/sthtobe/as

4 . 欣賞自己，就要把自己描繪成一幅畫。你可以讓畫面上長(zhǎng)出綠草紅花，你可以叫流水汩汩，你可以讓山林幽幽，你可以讓陽(yáng)光溫柔地照亮這一方天地。一個(gè)能在自己的精神世界自由地行走的人，無(wú)論他是富有還是貧窘，快樂(lè)與自信始終是他行走在滾滾紅塵中的形象。

5 . 他們互相靠近的兩膝，都隱沒(méi)在手卷下的衣褶里。

6 . becontemporarywith與…屬同時(shí)期

7 . everysecondyear

8 . Whenpeoplefirstsawhispaintingstheywereconvincedtheywerelookingthroughaholeinthewallatarealscene

9 . aimtodosth意欲，企圖做某事

10 . HowmanyChinesebookscanyousee?Icansee你能看見(jiàn)多少本書?我能看見(jiàn)二十本。

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件【篇2】

一、教材分析

本節(jié)課為Unit5單元的第一課時(shí)，從學(xué)生現(xiàn)實(shí)生活切入，引導(dǎo)學(xué)生說(shuō)出自己對(duì)電視節(jié)目的喜好，并通過(guò)練習(xí)來(lái)了解各種電視節(jié)目的名稱，主要以聽(tīng)說(shuō)為主，注重培養(yǎng)學(xué)生運(yùn)用語(yǔ)言進(jìn)行交際的能力。

二、教學(xué)目標(biāo)

語(yǔ)言知識(shí)目標(biāo)：

1.學(xué)習(xí)并掌握有關(guān)電視節(jié)目類型及表達(dá)喜好程度的單詞或短語(yǔ)

2.學(xué)習(xí)有關(guān)表達(dá)對(duì)不同電視節(jié)目的偏好的`句型，初步感知不定式做賓語(yǔ)的用法。

情感態(tài)度價(jià)值觀目標(biāo)：

學(xué)會(huì)談?wù)摿餍形幕私飧黝愲娨暫碗娨暪?jié)目的名稱和自己的喜歡。 注意引導(dǎo)學(xué)生們形成正確的文化觀念，大力培養(yǎng)學(xué)生們的跨文化意識(shí)，形成自己獨(dú)立的個(gè)性。

三、教學(xué)方法

本節(jié)課采用情景教學(xué)法，直觀、生動(dòng)，融知識(shí)于競(jìng)賽游戲、調(diào)查采訪以及小組活動(dòng)中。運(yùn)用現(xiàn)代教學(xué)手段———多媒體進(jìn)行教學(xué)，充分調(diào)動(dòng)學(xué)生的積極參與，使課堂氣氛活躍，參與率高，以確保教學(xué)效果。

四、教學(xué)重難點(diǎn)

教學(xué)重點(diǎn)

1. 學(xué)習(xí)掌握各類電視和電視節(jié)目的名稱。

2. 掌握動(dòng)詞不定式結(jié)構(gòu)做動(dòng)詞的賓語(yǔ);了解后面接動(dòng)詞不定式做賓語(yǔ)的動(dòng)詞。

3.使學(xué)生掌握句型 “What do you think of?”“I don't mind them.”學(xué)會(huì)描述自己的喜好以及制定合理的計(jì)劃。

教學(xué)難點(diǎn)

1.掌握動(dòng)詞不定式結(jié)構(gòu)做動(dòng)詞的賓語(yǔ);了解后面接動(dòng)詞不定式做賓語(yǔ)的動(dòng)詞。

2.讓學(xué)生運(yùn)用所學(xué)句型“What do you think of?”對(duì)某一事物進(jìn)行評(píng)價(jià)，并且學(xué)會(huì)談?wù)撚?jì)劃。

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件【篇3】

難 點(diǎn)： 在多項(xiàng)式與多項(xiàng)式的乘法中適當(dāng)添括號(hào)達(dá)到應(yīng)用公式的目的.

三、合作學(xué)習(xí)

請(qǐng)同學(xué)們完成下列運(yùn)算并回憶去括號(hào)法則.

(1)4+(5+2) (2)4-(5+2) (3)a+(b+c) (4)a-(b-c)

去括號(hào)法則：

去括號(hào)時(shí)，如果括號(hào)前是正號(hào)，去掉括號(hào)后，括號(hào)里的每一項(xiàng)都不變號(hào);

如果括號(hào)前是負(fù)號(hào)，去掉括號(hào)后，括號(hào)里的各項(xiàng)都要變號(hào)。

(1)2a-b- =2a-(b- ) (2)m-3n+2a-b=m+(3n+2a-b)

(3)2x-3y+2=-(2x+3y-2) (4)a-2b-4c+5=(a-2b)-(4c+5)

添括號(hào)法則：添上一個(gè)正括號(hào)，擴(kuò)到括號(hào)里的不變號(hào)，添上一個(gè)負(fù)括號(hào)，擴(kuò)到括號(hào)里的要變號(hào)。

(3)(x+3)2-x2 (4)(x+5)2-(x-2)(x-3)

一、學(xué)習(xí)目標(biāo)：讓學(xué)生了解多項(xiàng)式公因式的意義，初步會(huì)用提公因式法分解因式

三、合作學(xué)習(xí)：

公因式與提公因式法分解因式的概念.

三個(gè)矩形的長(zhǎng)分別為a、b、c，寬都是m，則這塊場(chǎng)地的面積為ma+mb+mc,或m(a+b+c)

由上式可知，把多項(xiàng)式ma+mb+mc寫成m與(a+b+c)的乘積的形式，相當(dāng)于把公因式m從各項(xiàng)中提出來(lái)，作為多項(xiàng)式ma+mb+mc的一個(gè)因式，把m從多項(xiàng)式ma+mb+mc各項(xiàng)中提出后形成的多項(xiàng)式(a+b+c)，作為多項(xiàng)式ma+mb+mc的另一個(gè)因式，這種分解因式的方法叫做提公因式法。

例1、將下列各式分解因式：

(1)3x+6; (2)7x2-21x; (3)8a3b2-12ab3c+abc (4)-24x3-12x2+28x.

例2把下列各式分解因式:

(1)a(x-y)+b(y-x);(2)6(m-n)3-12(n-m)2.

首先找各項(xiàng)系數(shù)的____________________，如8和12的公約數(shù)是4.

其次找各項(xiàng)中含有的相同的字母，如(3)中相同的字母有ab,相同字母的指數(shù)取次數(shù)最___________的.

1.寫出下列多項(xiàng)式各項(xiàng)的公因式.

(1)ma+mb 2)4kx-8ky (3)5y3+20y2 (4)a2b-2ab2+ab

(5)(p-q)2+(q-p)3 (6)3m(x-y)-2(y-x)2

五、小結(jié)：

其次找各項(xiàng)中含有的相同的字母，相同字母的指數(shù)取次數(shù)最小的.

2、已知2x-y=1/3 ，xy=2，求2x4y3-x3y4 3、(-2)+(-2)

4、已知a-2b=2，,4-5b=6，求3a(a-2b)2-5(2b-a)3

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件【篇4】

一、教材分析

1.地位與作用

仁愛(ài)英語(yǔ)八年級(jí)下冊(cè)的Unit5Topic1Section B講述了李老師因沒(méi)買到票而感到的失望和遺憾，進(jìn)而引出各種情感，集中體現(xiàn)了有關(guān)情感的形容詞及一些短語(yǔ)，是本話題的核心，起著承上啟下的作用。今天我說(shuō)課的具體內(nèi)容是Section B的1.,2，3a，and 3b。目的是學(xué)會(huì)如何表達(dá)自己的情感或他人的情感。語(yǔ)法是學(xué)習(xí)由連系動(dòng)詞+形容詞構(gòu)成系表結(jié)構(gòu)。

2.教學(xué)目標(biāo)

（１）知識(shí)目標(biāo)

1.Learn some new words and phrases：

be proud of，seem，taste，smell，set the table, be able to

2.Learn some sentences patters about feelings：

(1)He feels disappointed because he can't get a ticket to The Sound of Music.

(2)It's so funny and interesting.

(3)It's so moving.

(4)Did she sound worried?

(5)I'm sure Mr.Lee will be surprised!

3.Go on learning the structure of “l(fā)inking verb+adj.”

(1)He feels disappointed because he can't get a ticket to The Sound of Music.

(2)The food tastes delicious.

(3)He looks a little disappointed.

(4)The litter smells terrible.

4.Learn to talk about the topic about the movie.

要求學(xué)生牢記SectionB所有新學(xué)的四會(huì)單詞.短語(yǔ)和重點(diǎn)句型；掌握連系動(dòng)詞+形容詞構(gòu)成系表結(jié)構(gòu)的用法。

（２）技能目標(biāo)：

能聽(tīng)懂有關(guān)情感的對(duì)話材料；會(huì)簡(jiǎn)單地用英語(yǔ)表達(dá)自己的情感。培養(yǎng)學(xué)生提高言交際能力,能在小組中積極與他人協(xié)作,從而開(kāi)闊自己的視野,擴(kuò)大知識(shí)面。通過(guò)小組對(duì)話，培養(yǎng)學(xué)生合作學(xué)習(xí)的精神。讓學(xué)生積極主動(dòng)地投入到語(yǔ)言的實(shí)踐中去，包括聽(tīng)、說(shuō)、讀、寫的實(shí)踐。在學(xué)中用，用中學(xué)，提高語(yǔ)言的綜合使用能力，加深對(duì)基礎(chǔ)知識(shí)的掌握和記憶。

（３）情感目標(biāo)

學(xué)會(huì)表達(dá)自己的情感或他人的情感。

3.教學(xué)重點(diǎn)和難點(diǎn)

（1）重點(diǎn)：學(xué)會(huì)如何表達(dá)自己的情感或他人的情感。掌握連系動(dòng)詞+形容詞構(gòu)成系表結(jié)構(gòu)的用法。

（2）難點(diǎn)：連系動(dòng)詞+形容詞構(gòu)成系表結(jié)構(gòu)的用法。

二、說(shuō)學(xué)情

1.學(xué)生基礎(chǔ)較差，對(duì)表達(dá)自己的情感的能力薄弱,而且情感詞匯了解不多。

2.學(xué)生的詞匯量掌握不多。

3.學(xué)生平時(shí)較少用英語(yǔ)與他人交談并表達(dá)信息.。

三、說(shuō)教法：

對(duì)本課我主要采取了如下幾種教法：

1.任務(wù)型教學(xué)法：設(shè)置面向全體,貼近生活的任務(wù)，讓學(xué)生在完成任務(wù)的過(guò)程中體驗(yàn)成功的喜悅，從而達(dá)到樂(lè)中求學(xué)的目的。

2.有趣的情景教學(xué)法：通過(guò)創(chuàng)造各種較貼近生活實(shí)際，自然愉悅又令學(xué)生感興趣的情景進(jìn)行教學(xué)，為學(xué)生創(chuàng)設(shè)輕松愉快的學(xué)習(xí)氣氛，使他們處于最佳的學(xué)習(xí)狀態(tài)。

3.競(jìng)賽教學(xué)法：通過(guò)背單詞、提問(wèn)搶答、朗讀、聽(tīng)力比賽，激發(fā)學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)的強(qiáng)烈興趣，給學(xué)生創(chuàng)造語(yǔ)言氣氛，輕松快樂(lè)地學(xué)英語(yǔ)。

4.互動(dòng)教學(xué)法：互動(dòng)教學(xué)的開(kāi)展主要靠教師引導(dǎo)學(xué)生有效參與來(lái)實(shí)現(xiàn)。教師啟動(dòng)，學(xué)生自學(xué)，組內(nèi)討論，組間交流，效果評(píng)價(jià)。

四、說(shuō)學(xué)法：

我所采用的教學(xué)法有助于學(xué)生掌握如下學(xué)法：

1.英語(yǔ)交際：把所學(xué)的`交際英語(yǔ)進(jìn)行英語(yǔ)交際。培養(yǎng)語(yǔ)言的綜合運(yùn)用能力。

2.科學(xué)儲(chǔ)備大量英語(yǔ)知識(shí)：狠抓基礎(chǔ)，注意密度。沒(méi)有足夠的詞匯量，沒(méi)有熟知語(yǔ)法規(guī)則，不了解語(yǔ)言規(guī)律就不可能進(jìn)行很好的語(yǔ)言交流，為用而學(xué)，學(xué)了就用，用中學(xué)，學(xué)中用。把英語(yǔ)進(jìn)行到底。

3.反思與實(shí)踐：無(wú)論在課堂上，還是在課堂外，都要讓學(xué)生積極參與每個(gè)教學(xué)活動(dòng)，課外反復(fù)操練，大膽開(kāi)口，創(chuàng)造性地說(shuō)自己想說(shuō)的話，及時(shí)整理語(yǔ)言難點(diǎn)，再次認(rèn)識(shí)并積極使用。溫故知新，克服遺忘。

4.注意培養(yǎng)自學(xué)能力

五、教具

多媒體教具

六、教學(xué)過(guò)程

Step 1 Review

復(fù)習(xí)并處理新詞句，然后導(dǎo)入新課。

1. (教師檢查上節(jié)課布置的作業(yè)，復(fù)習(xí)系表結(jié)構(gòu)，導(dǎo)出本課的目標(biāo)語(yǔ)言。要求學(xué)生理解生詞upset；掌握短語(yǔ)be proud of。)

T: Now let's check the homework. S1,when you are late for class, how do you feel?

S1: I always feel worried and afraid.

T: S2, if your pet dog is dead, are you sad?

S2: Yes, I must be very sad.

T: Oh, you mean you must be very upset.

T: When you heard Zhang Yining won the first in the Olympic Games, how did you feel?

S3: I felt excited.

S4: I felt very pleased.

T: We are all proud of her, right?

Ss: Yes.

(板書畫線部分。)

upset, be proud of

2. (教師播放一段京劇，導(dǎo)入新課。)

T: Now let's listen to the tape.

Step 2 Presentation

呈現(xiàn)并處理本課活動(dòng)1和3a。

1. (通過(guò)談?wù)摼﹦?，引入本課重點(diǎn)活動(dòng)1。要求學(xué)生掌握f(shuō)ilm;理解Beijing Opera；了解moving。)

T: What music are you listening to?

S5:京劇。

T: Yes, It's Beijing Opera. What do you think of it?

S5: It's wonderful. I like it.

S6: I don't like it at all. It's boring.

T: OK, S7, which do you like better, Beijing Opera or movies?

S7: I like movies better.

T: Oh, you mean you like films. I like films, too. Love Me Once More, Mom is my favorite. It's very moving.

(板書畫線部分。)

Beijing Opera, film, moving

T: What about Kangkang? What is his favorite? Let's listen to 1 and find out which film Kangkang likes best.

(讓學(xué)生聽(tīng)1的錄音，回答教師問(wèn)題。聽(tīng)完錄音后，教師提問(wèn)。)

T: Which film does Kangkang like best?

Ss: He likes Love Me Once More, Mom.

T: Why?

Ss: …

2. (呈現(xiàn)3a。學(xué)習(xí)并掌握短語(yǔ)set the table和be able to。)

T: Look at the picture in3aon page 4. What's Kangkang doing? Is he setting the table?

Ss: Yes, he is.

T: What's he setting the table for?

Ss: His friends are coming for supper.

T: Yes, but Michael can't come because he is ill. That's to say he isn't able to come and Michael's mother has to look after him at home. Is Michael's mother able to go to the movie?

Ss: No, she isn't.

T: Right. I'm sure she will be very disappointed. Then, is Mr. Lee able to go to the movie? What's Mr. Lee's feeling? Now let's listen to3a and find out the answers.

(老師在放錄音前先板書。)

set the table

be able to

Is Mr. Lee able to go to the movie?

What's Mr. Lee's feeling?

T: Can you catch the dialog? Who can answer my questions?

S1: Mr. Lee is able to go to the movie and he will be surprised.(可幫助學(xué)生回答。板書并理解畫線生詞。)

surprised

Step 3 Consolidation

鞏固本課1和3a。

1. (讓學(xué)生讀1，完成下面表格。)

T: Read 1 and complete the table.

(板書下面表格。)

Name

Favorite film

Reason

Kangkang

Jane

Maria

Mr. Lee

2. (讓學(xué)生分角色朗讀3a，然后討論并完成3b。)

T: Read3ain roles, and then discuss and finish 3b.

3. (利用3b中的關(guān)鍵詞句復(fù)述3a內(nèi)容。)

T: Retell3aaccording to the key words and sentences in 3b.

Step 4 Practice

繼續(xù)學(xué)習(xí)并練習(xí)系表結(jié)構(gòu)。

1. (以幻燈片或所提供詞造句的形式描述圖片,并完成2,由此引出并掌握生詞seem和smell。)

T: Now look at 2 and describe the pictures.

(教師核對(duì)并板書答案。)

1. He is pleased with his new bike.

2. The man seems worried.

3. It becomes cloudy.

4. It smells terrible.

5. The leaves turn green.

2. (讓學(xué)生聽(tīng)錄音，并完成4的填空練習(xí)，并核對(duì)答案。)

T: Listen to the tape, and then finish the blanks in 4.

3. (讓學(xué)生歸納學(xué)過(guò)的系動(dòng)詞和表示情感的形容詞。)

T: Please sum up the linking verbs and feeling words in Section A and B.

Step 5 Project

探究整合1與3a的內(nèi)容。

1. (四人一組并在組內(nèi)做調(diào)查，完成下列表格，并根據(jù)表格內(nèi)容在組內(nèi)自由談?wù)?，然后由小組推選一人在班內(nèi)做報(bào)告。)

(板書下面表格。)

Name

Favorite film

Reason

Favorite music

Reason

T: Work in groups of four. Complete the table and talk about freely in your group. Then each group choose one student to report it.

Example:

S1: My favorite film is Cats. It's funny and interesting. What about you?

S2: I like Beijing Opera, and you?

S3: I don't like it at all. It's boring.

S4: Do you know what movie Mr. Lee likes best?

S3: He likes The Sound of Music, but he was so disappointed because he didn't get a ticket.

S1: ...

2. Homework:

(1)(假設(shè)你是康康的媽媽，你正在給邁克爾的媽媽打電話。你們會(huì)談些什么呢？請(qǐng)?jiān)O(shè)置一個(gè)打電話的對(duì)話。)

T: Suppose you were Kangkang's mother, you are talking with Michael's mother on the phone. What are you talking about? Please make a dialog about this.

(2)預(yù)習(xí)。

(查詢資料，了解Section C中的影片內(nèi)容。)

T: Collect some information about the films The Sound of Music, Titanic and Love Me Once More, Mom.

七、評(píng)價(jià)與反思

本課設(shè)計(jì)了幾個(gè)任務(wù)，操作簡(jiǎn)單，學(xué)生一定很感興趣并且積極地參與其中，從而合作完成任務(wù)，培養(yǎng)了團(tuán)隊(duì)精神。

學(xué)生在自主探索中，從“感性認(rèn)識(shí)上升到理性認(rèn)識(shí)”，經(jīng)歷知識(shí)的發(fā)生、發(fā)展、形成和應(yīng)用的過(guò)程，提高獲取知識(shí)的能力。寓素質(zhì)教育于語(yǔ)言教學(xué)之中。

八年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件【篇5】

1 . 當(dāng)人們第一次看到他的畫時(shí)，他們確信他們是從墻上的一個(gè)孔看一個(gè)真實(shí)的場(chǎng)面

2 . 那么多的綠葉，一簇堆在另一簇上面，不留一點(diǎn)兒縫隙。那翠綠的顏色，明亮地照耀著我們的眼睛，似乎每一片綠葉上都有一個(gè)新的生命在顫動(dòng)。

3 . 沒(méi)有樂(lè)聲擾亂兩耳，沒(méi)有官府公文拖累身心。

4 . 一條彩虹，從綠蔥蔥的田野里升起來(lái)，直通到天上，真像一座絢麗的天橋。

5 . (國(guó)王無(wú)奈，只好張貼皇榜，重金懸賞捕捉九色鹿。

6 . aswellas也，同，和；同…一樣

7 . 。Shespendsatleasthalfanhourinthegymeveryday。每天她至少花半小時(shí)在體育館。

8 . notonly……butalso不但……而且

9 . 。Doyouskatemuch？=Doyouoftenskate？你?；﹩?？

10 . (他發(fā)誓永不暴露我的住地，誰(shuí)知他竟然見(jiàn)利忘義!

七年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件

以下是幼兒教師教育網(wǎng)為您準(zhǔn)備的“七年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件”分析報(bào)告。教學(xué)過(guò)程中教案課件是基本部分，每天老師都需要寫自己的教案課件。?學(xué)生反應(yīng)可以提供教師反思課堂教學(xué)的契機(jī)。期待這些教程能夠讓你更好地理解該產(chǎn)品！

七年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件 篇1

人教版新目標(biāo)七年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)第九單元教案

七年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件 篇2

作為一位杰出的老師，時(shí)常需要用到說(shuō)課稿，編寫說(shuō)課稿助于積累教學(xué)經(jīng)驗(yàn)，不斷提高教學(xué)質(zhì)量。那么你有了解過(guò)說(shuō)課稿嗎？下面是小編精心整理的新目標(biāo)英語(yǔ)七年級(jí)下冊(cè)Unit6 It’s raining說(shuō)課稿，希望對(duì)大家有所幫助。

今天我說(shuō)課的內(nèi)容是新目標(biāo)英語(yǔ)七年級(jí)下冊(cè)Unit6 It’ s raining.主要從教材分析、學(xué)生情況、教學(xué)目標(biāo)、教學(xué)方法及教學(xué)過(guò)程方面做具體的闡述。

一、說(shuō)教材本單元的核心話題是討論天氣狀況以及現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)的使用， 天氣與我們生活息息相關(guān)，通過(guò)這一課的學(xué)習(xí)也可以使學(xué)生關(guān)注天氣變化和環(huán)境問(wèn)題。由于此次是第六單元的新授課，第一課時(shí)不會(huì)過(guò)多涉及現(xiàn)在進(jìn)行時(shí)的講解，而重點(diǎn)主要是學(xué)習(xí)與表達(dá)天氣相關(guān)的句型和形容詞，側(cè)重英語(yǔ)聽(tīng)說(shuō)能力的鍛煉，相信同學(xué)們?cè)趯W(xué)習(xí)中充滿期待。二、說(shuō)學(xué)情作為中等規(guī)模城市的初一學(xué)生，孩子們已經(jīng)積累了一定量的英語(yǔ)詞匯和語(yǔ)法知識(shí)，熟悉了英語(yǔ)課的形式。但初一的孩子畢竟接觸英語(yǔ)的時(shí)間較短，一些學(xué)生英語(yǔ)基礎(chǔ)知識(shí)和聽(tīng)說(shuō)能力較差，面對(duì)學(xué)生掌握英語(yǔ)的程度不一的情況，將采用分層教學(xué)與整體教學(xué)相結(jié)合的方式完成教學(xué)任務(wù)，并讓英語(yǔ)水平不同的學(xué)生結(jié)為一組，互相幫助；在教學(xué)過(guò)程中關(guān)注相對(duì)薄弱的學(xué)生，努力提高他們的英語(yǔ)水平。另外，學(xué)生在情感態(tài)度,學(xué)習(xí)策略和文化意識(shí)方面還存在諸多需要進(jìn)一步解決的問(wèn)題。例如：個(gè)別學(xué)生不明確學(xué)習(xí)英語(yǔ)的目的；有些同學(xué)對(duì)學(xué)好英語(yǔ)缺乏自信，不敢用英語(yǔ)表達(dá)；缺乏小組合作意識(shí)。針對(duì)這種情況，在入門教學(xué)階段，努力做好中小學(xué)的銜接，培養(yǎng)良好的學(xué)習(xí)習(xí)慣，并為提高學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)興趣想一些辦法。如通過(guò)學(xué)生們喜愛(ài)的游戲、視頻、競(jìng)賽等方式反復(fù)練習(xí)一些基本單詞、基本句型。三、說(shuō)教學(xué)目標(biāo)及重難點(diǎn)根據(jù)《英語(yǔ)課程標(biāo)準(zhǔn)》的教學(xué)理念將本課時(shí)的目標(biāo)確定如下：認(rèn)知目標(biāo)本課的重點(diǎn)：能夠聽(tīng)、說(shuō)、讀、寫、用本課時(shí)的主要單詞：raining、snowing、windy、cloudy、sunny…能夠運(yùn)用主要句型：A: How is the weather in…B: It’s sunny/raining/snowing/cloudy…A: What do you usually do when it is sunny/….B: I usually read a book.能力目標(biāo)與本課的難點(diǎn)：能夠使用所學(xué)的單詞句型進(jìn)行日常會(huì)話；能夠聽(tīng)懂錄音中的對(duì)話，并能分角色進(jìn)行扮演，能夠很好的完成group work情感目標(biāo)：通過(guò)小組合作和個(gè)人展示，學(xué)生可以增強(qiáng)合作意識(shí)和自信心。各環(huán)節(jié)設(shè)計(jì)使學(xué)生對(duì)英語(yǔ)學(xué)習(xí)產(chǎn)生興趣；讓學(xué)生敢于、樂(lè)于開(kāi)口，積極參與交流。通過(guò)課上的學(xué)習(xí)，學(xué)生會(huì)更加關(guān)注天氣變化增強(qiáng)對(duì)空氣污染和環(huán)境保護(hù)的意識(shí)。四、說(shuō)教法重點(diǎn)使用交際教學(xué)法和情境教學(xué)法，引領(lǐng)學(xué)生運(yùn)用所學(xué)知識(shí)，兩兩編對(duì)話進(jìn)行口語(yǔ)練習(xí)。創(chuàng)設(shè)有趣的情景，讓學(xué)生設(shè)想自己具有改變天氣的超能力，然后用英語(yǔ)描述自己創(chuàng)設(shè)的天氣。1、重示范。在教單詞時(shí)，要求教師自己示范到位，發(fā)音清晰，講解發(fā)音要點(diǎn)。同時(shí)培養(yǎng)學(xué)生認(rèn)真聽(tīng)，專心看，積極模仿的好習(xí)慣。聽(tīng)清后再跟說(shuō)。使用幻燈片，吸引學(xué)生的注意力，幫助學(xué)生直觀清晰地理解知識(shí)。2、重情景。單詞是構(gòu)成語(yǔ)言的三大要素之一。人類思維活動(dòng)是借助詞匯進(jìn)行的。人類思想的交流也是通過(guò)由詞構(gòu)成的句子來(lái)實(shí)現(xiàn)的，因此單詞具有語(yǔ)言的意義，應(yīng)在特定的語(yǔ)境中引出，這樣既便于學(xué)生理解，印象也深刻，同時(shí)在教學(xué)環(huán)節(jié)上設(shè)計(jì)一些生動(dòng)的環(huán)節(jié)，增強(qiáng)學(xué)生的參與感。3、重遷移。在教學(xué)中注重 “以舊帶新”或叫“相互遷移”。4、重趣味。英國(guó)著名語(yǔ)言家埃克斯利說(shuō)：“教英語(yǔ)的最好的方法就是能引起學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)英語(yǔ)興趣的那種方法?！蔽覀?cè)趩卧~教學(xué)中不能讓學(xué)生死記硬背，而應(yīng)嘗試運(yùn)用多種形式巧記。如編順口溜，英漢意義對(duì)照等。5、重運(yùn)用。學(xué)習(xí)單詞的目的是為了運(yùn)用詞匯，并能正確運(yùn)用到筆頭表達(dá)之中。在英語(yǔ)教學(xué)中創(chuàng)設(shè)一定的語(yǔ)言情景，使學(xué)生宛如置于一種真實(shí)的語(yǔ)言環(huán)境中，就能使學(xué)生自然而然使用所學(xué)習(xí)詞匯來(lái)表達(dá)他們的思想感情，從而達(dá)到學(xué)以至用的目的.。五、說(shuō)教學(xué)程序遵循認(rèn)識(shí)過(guò)程的普遍規(guī)律和學(xué)生認(rèn)識(shí)的主要特點(diǎn)，我把教學(xué)過(guò)程分為以下幾個(gè)環(huán)節(jié)：Step1: 導(dǎo)入問(wèn)好，介紹今天要學(xué)的內(nèi)容。Today we will learn Unit6 It’s raining. As we all know, it’s winter now. So we’d better change the title of Unit6 as It’s snowing. 切合冬天的季節(jié)特點(diǎn)，提問(wèn)學(xué)生雪天回想起什么，引發(fā)學(xué)生對(duì)下雪天的想象。Step2:熱身讓學(xué)生觀看來(lái)自星星的你中下雪片段的視頻，并提前插入英文字幕，之后提問(wèn)學(xué)生描述冬天的詞匯。Step3:呈現(xiàn)由冬天的雪引出其他天氣的學(xué)習(xí)1、利用幻燈片，呈現(xiàn)不同的天氣詞匯。2、讓同學(xué)們把課本1a的圖片與天氣搭配起來(lái)，檢查和核對(duì)。3、引出五大城市: Beijing, Shanghai, Moscow, Boston and Toronto并完成1b中的聽(tīng)力練習(xí)。4、之后根據(jù)圖片提問(wèn)：What’s the weather like in these cities?Step4:操練說(shuō)一說(shuō):利用圖片， 反復(fù)練習(xí)句型：What’s the weather like in…/How is the weather in...演一演：讓學(xué)生扮演兩個(gè)不同角色操練這一句型Step5:拓展延伸向同學(xué)們介紹魚雨等特別的奇特的天氣現(xiàn)象，擴(kuò)展學(xué)生的視野。Step6:頭腦風(fēng)暴充分調(diào)動(dòng)學(xué)生的想象力和創(chuàng)造熱情，讓同學(xué)分組并假設(shè)自己有了都教授一樣的超能力，可以改變天氣或者創(chuàng)造奇跡天氣（比如下一場(chǎng)冰激凌雪 ）小組討論之后，選出一名代表和全班分享最棒的想法。Step7:課后分層作業(yè)1復(fù)習(xí)課上學(xué)過(guò)的知識(shí)。2 讓學(xué)生利用網(wǎng)絡(luò)查找和空氣污染相關(guān)的新聞，并寫一篇小作文。

七年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件 篇3

七年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)教學(xué)工作計(jì)劃(一) 本學(xué)期我擔(dān)任七年級(jí)年級(jí)兩個(gè)班英語(yǔ)教學(xué)任務(wù)，為了能圓滿、順利的完成七年級(jí)英語(yǔ)(下)的教學(xué)任務(wù)，特?cái)M訂本學(xué)期教學(xué)計(jì)劃。

一、學(xué)生情況分析：

本學(xué)期我任教的依舊是七年級(jí)兩個(gè)班的學(xué)生。去年期末的成績(jī)分析來(lái)看，學(xué)生筆頭落實(shí)不足，知識(shí)的鞏固不夠，語(yǔ)感欠缺，且單詞掌握不牢靠，故本學(xué)期要加強(qiáng)單詞的強(qiáng)化以及學(xué)生的筆頭落實(shí)。

而學(xué)生個(gè)體而言，學(xué)生已經(jīng)不在有剛步入初中的新鮮感，這無(wú)疑為教學(xué)增添許多不利。在教學(xué)過(guò)程中要樹(shù)立起學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)的毅力，提升學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)的幸福指數(shù)，養(yǎng)成學(xué)習(xí)的良好習(xí)慣，同時(shí)針對(duì)不足，多進(jìn)行筆頭落實(shí)。

二、指導(dǎo)思想：

本學(xué)期在堅(jiān)持七上的多朗讀，盡量避免開(kāi)口難的情況下，加入背誦，每個(gè)模塊選取一小段來(lái)進(jìn)行背誦，加強(qiáng)學(xué)生的語(yǔ)音語(yǔ)感，課堂行業(yè)平時(shí)多使用錄音，提高學(xué)生的語(yǔ)音語(yǔ)調(diào)。其次，針對(duì)上學(xué)期的不足多進(jìn)行筆頭落實(shí)。再次，七年級(jí)的單詞關(guān)在本學(xué)期盡可能多的解決，加強(qiáng)學(xué)生的單詞識(shí)記能力，針對(duì)單詞識(shí)記能力較弱的部分學(xué)生進(jìn)行幫扶，秉承著單詞先行的原則，在課堂中也可以讓學(xué)生學(xué)著自讀自學(xué)單詞，便于學(xué)生背誦單詞和學(xué)會(huì)學(xué)習(xí)。最后，關(guān)注作文。在背誦和單詞

雙重落實(shí)的情況下，再加入適當(dāng)?shù)姆g。一定量的機(jī)械的漢譯中在英語(yǔ)學(xué)習(xí)初級(jí)階段還是必要的。本學(xué)期將堅(jiān)持上述指導(dǎo)思想來(lái)看是否能為學(xué)生的成績(jī)有所裨益。

三、教材內(nèi)容分析：

本學(xué)期使用的是外研版七年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)教材，共有12個(gè)教學(xué)模塊和兩個(gè)復(fù)習(xí)模塊。每個(gè)模塊都列出明確的語(yǔ)言目標(biāo)、主要的功能項(xiàng)目與語(yǔ)法結(jié)構(gòu)、需要掌握的基本詞匯，并分為三個(gè)單元。Unit1部分是基本對(duì)話內(nèi)容，Unit2部分是

1 / 6

短文，主要是閱讀訓(xùn)練。Unit3是擴(kuò)展和綜合的語(yǔ)言運(yùn)用。本學(xué)期要掌握的語(yǔ)法點(diǎn)有：

1、名詞所有格和名詞性物主代詞;2、can/can’t的用法;3、一般將來(lái)時(shí);4、一般過(guò)去時(shí);5、祈使句和感嘆句。

四、具體措施：

1、做好教材鉆研工作。認(rèn)真研讀新課程標(biāo)準(zhǔn)，鉆研新教材，根據(jù)新課程標(biāo)準(zhǔn)，擴(kuò)充教材內(nèi)容，認(rèn)真上課，批改作業(yè)，認(rèn)真輔導(dǎo)，認(rèn)真制作測(cè)試試卷，也讓學(xué)生學(xué)會(huì)認(rèn)真。

2、每格模塊中選擇部分內(nèi)容要求學(xué)生背誦。從而培養(yǎng)學(xué)生良好的英語(yǔ)語(yǔ)感，并且為寫作提供便利。在學(xué)生朗讀和背誦的過(guò)程中糾正語(yǔ)音語(yǔ)調(diào)，激發(fā)學(xué)生學(xué)習(xí)熱情。

3、對(duì)文本和課堂中重點(diǎn)的單詞和詞組進(jìn)行聽(tīng)寫，聽(tīng)寫堅(jiān)持“少吃多餐”的原則，一個(gè)模塊單詞分幾個(gè)部分，每次一個(gè)部分聽(tīng)寫，模塊結(jié)束后再總的默寫一次，加強(qiáng)學(xué)生對(duì)單詞的識(shí)記能力。同時(shí)發(fā)揮小組長(zhǎng)的作用，對(duì)每次單詞訂正等情況進(jìn)行檢查強(qiáng)化。4、認(rèn)真貫徹早晚讀制度，充分發(fā)揮早晚讀的黃金時(shí)間加強(qiáng)監(jiān)督，保證讀的效果。

5、對(duì)后進(jìn)生進(jìn)行專門輔導(dǎo)，布置單獨(dú)的作業(yè)，讓他們?cè)谛∵M(jìn)步，小轉(zhuǎn)變中體味學(xué)習(xí)的快樂(lè)，樹(shù)立學(xué)習(xí)的自信，盡快成長(zhǎng)起來(lái)。對(duì)一些再單詞朗讀記憶等方面有所欠缺的學(xué)生實(shí)行一對(duì)一幫扶，讓其他成績(jī)好的同學(xué)來(lái)幫助他們，提高學(xué)習(xí)效率。

6、分層教學(xué)，關(guān)注每個(gè)學(xué)生的成績(jī)提升，對(duì)不同學(xué)生進(jìn)行不同任務(wù)要求，力爭(zhēng)讓每個(gè)學(xué)生都走在前進(jìn)的道路上。要關(guān)注學(xué)生的情感，營(yíng)造寬松、民主、和諧的教學(xué)氛圍。

7、加強(qiáng)學(xué)生策略指導(dǎo)，如將音標(biāo)融入實(shí)際課堂單詞教學(xué)中，在閱讀單元或加強(qiáng)閱讀技巧指導(dǎo)，或關(guān)注對(duì)文章邏輯分析，讓學(xué)生寫作的邏輯條理變得清晰。為學(xué)生的終身學(xué)習(xí)奠定基礎(chǔ)。

七年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件 篇4

七年級(jí)英語(yǔ)下冊(cè)Unit 2-1教案

七年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件 篇5

七年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)unit1課件練習(xí)

1I、詞匯 檢查

A)根據(jù)句意、首字母或漢語(yǔ)提示，寫出正確的單詞。

1.---Where does your uncle live?---J.2.Americans are f the United States.3.His brother ________(要)a Japanese pen pal.4.They _______(住在)in Beijing.5.________comes after July.B)根據(jù)所給單詞填入一個(gè)正確的形式。

6.y pen pal is from England.She is ________.(England)

7._________(Canada)speak English and ________(France).8.Jims parents _______(not watch)TV on Sundays.9.y cousin likes singing and ________(dance)a lot at school.II、知識(shí)梳理

()1.We are from China and we _______ Chinese.A.say B.talk C.speak D.are in

()2.The boy is ne He _____ Singapore.e fromB.is from es inD.from come

()3.We have English lessons _______ onday ______ Friday.A.on;to B.at;on C.from;onD.from;to

()4.Jim _______ from England, and his pals ______ from the USA.e;isB.is;comes es;is es;are

()5.Where _____ you _____?A.do;from B.are;from

七年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)unit1課件練習(xí)

2一、用括號(hào)內(nèi)所給詞的適當(dāng)形式填空

1.Look!Thereareagroupof_____________(sheep)onthehill.2.Tinaislisteningtomusic.Sheisreally_______________(relax).3.—Hi,Henry.How’sitgoingwithyou?

—Pretty_________________(well).二、根據(jù)漢語(yǔ)句子，完成英語(yǔ)句子

4.秋天，這里的天氣很涼爽。

________________,theweatherhereis________________.5.這個(gè)游戲很輕松，因此我們都很放松。

Thisgameis_____________,sowe’reall_____________.6.我們?nèi)ヂ?tīng)音樂(lè)吧!

太棒了!

—Let’sgototheconcert!

—_____________________!

參考答案:

新詞達(dá)標(biāo)練

1.sheep2.relaxed3.good4.Inautumn,very/prettycool

5.relaxing,Great/Wonderful

七年級(jí)下冊(cè)英語(yǔ)課件 篇6

教學(xué)目標(biāo)：

1．語(yǔ)音和句子的重讀。

2．了解有關(guān)超市的知識(shí)。

3．初步認(rèn)識(shí)美元。

4。 初步學(xué)習(xí)美英人士購(gòu)物時(shí)所用的度量衡。

5．學(xué)會(huì)談?wù)勛约腋浇某小?/strong>